You are on page 1of 313

HYDRAULICS

TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES

Hydraulics  168

Use of Hydraulic Seals  170

Sealing Systems  172

Guide Elements  174

Sealing Mechanism and Influencing Quantities  179

Sealing Gap  189

Counter Surface  191

Materials  197

Installation of Hydraulic Seals  202

PRODUCTS

Products  212

Design Types  220


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

HYDRAULICS

Merkel hydraulic components are suitable for a wide REQUIREMENTS


range of applications in hydraulics, for both light-duty
and heavy-duty applications. Operational reliability under different extreme loads
Freudenberg Sealing Technologies (FST) offers a such as:
complete range of standard solutions and also special • High temperature fluctuations
solutions customised for particular applications. The • Irregular duty cycles and maintenance
range includes seals, wipers and guide rings. • High lateral forces and deflections
The latest production technology guarantees the fastest • Very dirty conditions
possible availability. Even in less than 24 hours with • High system pressures and pressure peaks.
Merkel Xpress.

168 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

FEATURES • Heavy-duty sealing systems with high operational


reliability under shock pressures, high lateral forces
• Rod seals with high pressure resistance as primary or and extreme temperatures
secondary seal • Universal sealing systems for support cylinders
• Piston seals with integrated pressure activation with good static and dynamic tightness because of
grooves for high operational reliability with fast ­additional support edge and sealing edge.
­pressure changes
• Wipers with static sealing edge for reliable protec-
tion against ingress of dirt APPLICATION AREAS
• Guides with patented profiling ensure even distribu-
tion of stress Merkel sealing components cover a wide range in
• Sealing rings for static sealing e.g. cylinder heads modern hydraulics and are in use wherever safety and
with end position damping service requirements as well as costs are important.
• Friction-optimised sealing systems with low stick-slip
tendency

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 169


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

USE OF HYDRAULIC SEALS

Different requirements and loads in numerous applica- Asymmetrical seals are designed so the pre-load is
tions have resulted in the development of different seal distributed over the entire axial width on the supporting
designs. mating area to give them a sufficiently fixed seating in
Hydraulic seals can be categorised by function and the groove. The correct pre-load on the moving side is
design (→ Fig. 1). not derived until after fitting in the housing (→ Fig. 2
Hydraulic seals are also classified into seals with a sym- and → Fig. 3).
metrical cross-section and seals with an asymmetrical
cross-section.

Hydraulic seals

Dynamic Static
seals seals

Inner sealing Outer sealing


(rod) (piston)

Lip Compact Lip Compact


seals seals seals seals

Fig. 1 Categorisation of hydraulic seals

170 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Ø DN Ø DN
Ø dN Ø dN

In free state
In free state

Fitted in the
housing Fitted to the
piston

Fitted in the cylinder

Fitted to the piston in the


cylinder

Fig. 2 Rod seal Fig. 3 Piston seal

HYDRAULIC SEALS/PRESELECTING SEALS The weighting of the requirements for the specific ap-
plication in combination with the operating conditions
In addition to the main requirement for a good sealing (pressure, temperature, sliding speed etc.) are the
effect, the user expects the following from hydraulic ­decisive factors affecting the selection of the seal.
seals: Types of seals can be preselected in the hydraulic seals
product selection. → Preselection of hydraulic seals
• Functional reliability page 214.
• Long service life
• Easy fitting With reference to the operating conditions the usage
• Compatible with hydraulic fluid at high and limits specified there can be exceeded in some cases.
low temperatures
In the case of extended duty cycles, operation subject
• High resistance to mechanical damage to shocks or other severe operating conditions we rec-
(e.g. gap extrusion)
ommend not exceeding all values simultaneously.
• Low friction Our technical consultants will be pleased to proved
• Good shape elasticity to ensure correct function, ­appropriate recommendations.
even with eccentricity between rod and housing or
piston and cylinder barrel caused by operation as
well as the barrel widening as a result of the operat-
ing pressure.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 171


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

SEALING SYSTEMS

DEFINITION ARRANGEMENT

Sealing components are used to retain the hydraulic Sealing systems generally consist of an arrangement of
medium securely inside a hydraulic system. A defined sealing components with a primary seal, a secondary
moistening of the counter surface with lubricating me- seal, a wiper and guide elements (→ Fig. 4). The prop-
dium is desirable when the required service life is taken erties of the individual components are optimised with
into account. A sealing component is referred to in this reference to the main requirement.
regard as leaky if the hydraulic medium is visible from The operating pressure is applied to the primary seal.
the outside in the form of dripping leakage. The main requirement is a high resistance against ex-
trusion simultaneously with acceptable friction values
under high pressure. Compact sealing components with
REQUIREMENTS a slip ring of PTFE compound are primarily used inside
sealing systems. The remaining oil film is comparatively
During operation sealing components are subject to a thick and without additional reduction by a secondary
reciprocating or rotary movement when operating pres- sealing component (depending on the operating pa-
sure is applied. In addition to other influences, the selec- rameters) may be visible as dripping leakage in front
tion of a sealing component is significantly influenced of the wiper edge. The lower gap pressure (<5 MPa) is
by the material-dependent resistance against extrusion applied to the secondary seal. The main requirement is
and the equally material-dependent friction and wear therefore effective reduction of the residual oil film left
characteristics. The values of the main properties of by the primary seal simultaneously with acceptable fric-
sealing effect, form stability and friction or wear work tion values in the lower pressure range. With sufficient
against one another and in total cannot be optimally media resistance U-rings of polyurethane or compact
represented by one single sealing component. An ap- sealing components with a slip ring of polyurethane are
proximation of the ideal sealing component is reached generally used in this case. The sealing effect is better
with a reasonable combination of single components with such sealing components compared to PTFE seal-
with appropriate properties into one sealing system. ing components.

Fig. 4 Components in a sealing system

172 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Built-in seal Compression = Pressure


P

Analogy as per Prokop:


The maximum pitch of the hill
limits the fluid transport

Fig. 5 Qualitative compression curve, single-acting rod seal

Depending on the requirements, wipers have different and direction (extending or retracting) of the relative
designs, such as single wiper or double wiper with movement as well as by the structure of the counter
extra sealing edge and are made of different materials. surface (wettability) and the properties of the hydraulic
The outward aligned wiping edge keeps dirt from the medium (viscosity).
environment outside the hydraulic system. A suitable
design of the wiping edge (radius) ensures that the The pressure curve beneath the sealing edge is in gen-
required lubricating film can be completely transport- eral optimised in that a high wiping effect (steep pres-
ed on the return stroke. The additional sealing edge sure rise) is set at the pressure space and a good return
increases the operating reliability of the sealing system capacity (flat pressure rise) is set from the return side
when required. The use of guide elements enables a (→ Fig. 5). Independently of the geometry of the seal-
low-friction and low-wear relative movement between ing edge at low pressure, high stroke speed and long
the moving components of the hydraulic cylinder. stroke a comparatively greater oil volume is released
The transverse loads occurring during operation are beneath the sealing edge than at high pressure, lower
absorbed in a defined manner and prevent unwanted stroke speed and short stroke. In operation the primary
metal contact between the piston rod or the piston body seal releases a thin oil film into the gap area, which is
and the surrounding housing components. reduced even more by the secondary seal. The excess
oil is collected in the space between the primary seal
and the secondary seal and returned to the oil compart-
FUNCTION ment during retraction. A thin oil film coating the rod
escapes outside under the wiper. Normally no medium
To reduce friction and wear solid bodies that move rela- is accumulated in the space between the secondary
tive to one another must be separated by a lubricating seal and the wiper in this process. The moistening is
film. The oil film left beneath the seal must be complete- transported back into the system while the dirt remains
ly transported back into the hydraulic system at every outside. The sealing effect of a component is described
cycle. Inside a sealing system all individual seals and by the ratio between wiping effect and return capacity.
the wiper must meet these conditions. This value is variable depending on the operating con-
The formation of the hydrodynamic lubricating film is ditions and is not a constant quantity.
influenced by the design of the sealing edge (pressure
movement), the operating pressure and the magnitude

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 173


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

GUIDE ELEMENTS

TASKS OF THE GUIDE ELEMENT between the metal components (metal contact), which
changes with the incorrect position, and the changed
The use of guide elements enables a low-friction and force initialisation. Depending on the type of guide, the
low-wear relative movement between the movable result of an idealised observation in this regard must be
components of the hydraulic cylinder. The transverse evaluated differently.
loads occurring in operation are accepted in a defined
manner and unwanted metal contact between the pis-
ton rod or the piston body and the surrounding housing GUIDE ELEMENTS
components is prevented.
Particularly when a high transverse load is expected
many users install traditional flat parallel metal plain
CONTACT CONDITIONS bearings. Flat parallel metal guides are subject to
marked tension peaks as a result of the phase displace-
As a result of the guide play and the elastic defor- ment position (→ Fig. 7).
mation of the components under load (deflection of The permissible value of the surface pressure is reached
the guide element; bending of the shaft), an angular at a comparatively low transverse load and simultane-
deviation develops between the piston rod or the piston ous minimum deflection. In the pressure zone there is
body and the counter surface (→ Fig. 6). Calculation of insufficient lubrication. At low sliding speeds stick-slip
the transverse forces and the probability of collision on may be experienced simultaneously with a high load on
the basis of idealised contact conditions with parallel the counter surface (running-in). If the transverse load in
axes results in incorrect results. Excessive tension peaks the limit range is suddenly applied, a breakage of the
in the edge area of the guide element (edge break) edge in the region of the guide is likely.
are not taken into consideration here nor is the distance

Fig. 6 Phase displacement position

174 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

The tension increase in the area of the supporting edge The patented Guivex geometry for fabric-base lam-
is reduced by the use of flat parallel guide sleeves inate guide rings has been developed for reduction
of composite fabric materials (fabric-base laminate) of the tension increase in the edge region. The zone
(→ Fig. 8). The elastic support of the fabric-base with the highest compression, even when the phase
laminate guide increases the support length of the displacement position is taken into account, is defined
guide ring and with it the maximum transverse load by the profiling approximately in the centre of the bush
compared to the metal guide. The collision test becomes (→ Fig. 9). The compression is reduced on both sides
very important as a result of the elastic support of the and makes the ingress of the lubricating medium easier.
guide sleeve. Guide sleeves are comparatively more The elastic support of the fabric-base laminate guide
economical. sleeve is simultaneously optimally used over the entire
available width of the guide sleeve. Insufficient lubrica-
tion and edge breakage are virtually impossible.

Guide belts of PTFE compound have a subordinate


role as guide elements for taking up transverse loads
in hydraulics. The value for the permissible surface
pressure is significantly lower in comparison and with a
simultaneous significant temperature dependency. The
advantages of guide elements of this type become clear
when comparing the costs of large orders.

Fig. 7 Metal guide ring

GUIDE WIDTH

In addition to the geometric consideration (external


force application, distance between mountings, angular
deviation, guide play, ...) must be considered when cal-
culating the transverse load applied in the area of the
guide element and also the elastic deformation of all
components involved (deflection of the guide element,
bending of the piston rod, stretching of the cylinder...).
A detailed scrutiny is often neglected because it can
only be done with complex means such as an FE calcu-
Fig. 8 Guide ring of fabric-base laminate lation(→ FEM page 973).

A realistic estimate of the transverse load must pay par-


ticular attention to the limits of the mechanical loading
of the metal components. In the case if long slender
cylinders the permissible transverse load is limited by
the bending strength of the piston rod and other factors.
The classical assumption that about 10% of the hydrau-
lic force is applied as a transverse load would in reality
result in bending the piston rod in many cases.

Fig. 9 Guide ring with convex profiling

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 175


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

If the magnitude of the normal force applied in the area


of the guide element is defined, the minimum required
guide width (H) can be specified (→ Fig. 10). H1` H2`

y
F F
H1 m H2

H = H1 + H2 H` = H1`+ H2`

Fig. 11 Usable guide width

Metallic contacts between housing components and the


H
counter surface are unwanted. The maximum permis-
sible deflection (y) of the guide ring is limited by the
smallest metal gap inside the sealing system, in general
the metal step behind the primary seal.

Depending on the phase displacement position (α) of


the piston rod and the possible deflection (y) with refer-
ence to all influencing quantities, the usable guide width
F = P x A; A = d x H; H = F / (d x P)
is reduced compared to the geometrically total width
H = guide strip width [mm]
of the guide belts (H). Only the guide width actually in
F = transverse load [N]
contact (H’) contributes to holding the load.
A = projected area [mm2]
P = permissible surface pressure [N/mm2]
d = nominal diameter of rod or piston [mm]

Fig. 10 Guide width

The permissible specific surface pressure in the specified


form is a manageable calculation value with reference
to the projected area and does not represent the ma-
terial characteristics. In the definition of the permissible
specific surface pressure the non-linear pressure curve
over the contact range, the tension increase in the edge
area of the guide rings and a phase displacement posi-
tion are all considered. When considering the specified Fig. 12 Bilateral contact
values of the permissible specific surface pressure (P)
of the guide sleeve it must be noted in comparison that In the case of large phase displacement positions, such
some manufacturers include extra safety factors in some as occur in relation to the compliance with long-slen-
cases. However, that does not bring any increase in der cylinders, the guide ring may contact the counter
safety into the result of the calculation, because this fac- surface on both sides of the centre axis. Here low toler-
tor is returned to the associated equation. ance levels favour contact on both sides. The additional
contact generates a usable counteracting force but also
stick-slip effects (jamming) as a result of distortion. In this
case the collision check has particular significance. To
select the optimum width of the guide the desired serv-
ice life must also be considered. Limit values are taken
into account in the calculation of the minimum required
guide width and also with reference to the permissible
surface pressure of the guide elements. Guide elements

176 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

that are primarily traversed in the range of the maxi- higher operating temperatures is greatly influenced by
mum possible load have a service life in the lower part the composition of the fabric-based laminated material.
of the range. Whether reducing the load by selecting Polyester and other plastics and also natural materials
a wider guide is useful in some cases depends on the such as cotton are used in the area of fine fabrics. Pol-
previously considered safety factors as well as the total yester, vinyl ester and phenolic resin and also a whole
loading. range of plastics with different properties are available
for the resin matrix. While some of these compounds
show significant thermoplastic characteristics, the factor
SPECIFIC COMPRESSION PER UNIT AREA of the operating temperature on the permissible surface
pressure is low for others.
The permissible surface pressure (dynamic) is specified
at a value in the range of 17 to 25 N/mm² for the The values for the permissible specific surface pressure
copper-tin and copper-tin-lead bronze and high-load depending on the operating temperature can be found
resistant copper-zinc alloys used in the area of the in the tables in the description of the article.
metal plain bearings. High-tensile alloys with values Under load guide elements show a deformation in
over 25 N/mm² are only used for the edge load of the elastic range (reversible). The magnitude of the
non-critical applications in connection with high-tensile de- formation or deflection (y) is determined directly by
counter surfaces. the material characteristics, the thickness of the guide
sleeve and the magnitude of the load. Assuming similar
Guide rings of fabric-laminated materials (fabric-base material characteristics, thicker guide sleeves have soft-
laminate) have improved function compared to straight er springing under identical loading. Pressure can only
metal guides. As a result of the low tension increase in be applied to the guide element at the magnitude of the
the edge area and the elastic properties of these materi- permissible surface pressure if the associated deflection
als a higher surface pressure can be accepted. The val- of the guide element (→ Fig. 13) can be achieved with-
ue of the surface pressure and the characteristics under out metal contact.
Spec. Surface pressure [N/mm2]

Operating temperature [°C]


y=0,15 S=2,5 y=0,2
S=4

Fig. 13 Deflection at maximum surface pressure

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 177


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

In a sealing system the collision check is generally con- in the tables in the description of the article. There is a
ducted with reference to the metal gap on the side of direct geometrical dependency between the minimum
the primary seal away from the pressure. The minimum required metal gap (x3) and the maximum permissible
permissible magnitude of the sealing gap is determined extrusion gap (x2) (→ Fig. 14). The gap dimensions
by the deflection of the guide element. The maximum can therefore not be calculated independently of each
permissible magnitude of the sealing gap is deter- other. As a result guide elements cannot be subjected
mined by the form stability of the sealing component. to the maximum permissible surface pressure at every
General specifications for the maximum admissible pressure stage and with all types of seals, because the
gap width depending on the type of seal, the selected minimum required metal gap is not sufficient for com-
seal profile and the operating pressure can be found plete deflection.

x2

ØD2

x3 S

Fig. 14 Sealing gap

178 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

SEALING MECHANISM AND INFLUENCING QUANTITIES

TIGHTNESS, FRICTION, WEAR _______

√(
η⋅v
[2] h ~​ ​ ______ ​ ​
General ​ __
dp
)
​  dx ​  ​max
Hydraulic drives are used in many machines and
systems because of their varied options for use. Major If the fluid film is completely returned to the pressure
areas of application are: space on the return stroke, this is referred to as dynamic
tightness.
• Machines and systems engineering
• Construction machinery
Friction
• Agricultural machinery and
The friction of hydraulic seals is primarily influenced by
• Mining machinery.
the thickness of the lubricating film between the seal
The most important component for generating the linear and sliding surface.
drive movement is the hydraulic cylinder. The function
and reliability of hydraulically driven machines depends Three friction states may be encountered.
greatly on the seals installed in the hydraulic • Static friction
cylinder. (dry solid-body friction)
• Dry-fluid friction
Static tightness (solid-body friction and fluid friction)
At rest all elastic hydraulic seals are tight because of the • Fluid friction
excessive initial compression pv. The sealing pressure (no solid-body contact).
p is superimposed on the initial compression pv. The The three areas can be shown in the Stribeck graph
compression in the sealing area pd is therefore always (→ Fig. 16).
greater than the sealing pressure (→ Fig. 15).
The high static friction must be overcome first during
[1] p d = pv + p approach. With increasing speed more fluid is pulled
between the seal and the sliding surface and the direct
contact area decreases. Then the static friction initially
Formation of the lubrication film decreases markedly.
Under movement the sliding surface coated with fluid
is pulled under the contact area of the seal. The seal The range of fluid friction is reached as the speed con-
acts as a wiper, but is not able to wipe away the fluid tinues to increase. The static friction increases again as
completely. the speed increases. The static friction is caused exclu-
sively by the shear stresses τ in the fluid in the range of
The sliding movement causes a delayed flow and the hydrodynamic lubrication.
seal is lifted from the sliding surface by the hydrody-
namic pressure build-up. A thin film of fluid remains on [3] ​ dv ​
τ = η ⋅ ___
the sliding surface behind the seal. dh

The thickness h of the following fluid film depends on Wear


the maximum pitch of the compression curve (dp/dx) The wear on hydraulic seals depends on the thickness
max on the entry side of the fluid in the sealing gap, the of the lubricating film or the friction status.
dynamic viscosity η of the fluid and the relative speed v Most seals operate in the region of dry-fluid friction and
between the seal and the sliding surface. are subject to continuous wear.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 179


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Static tightness
p= 0
v= 0

Contact pressure distribution as pv


a result of initial compression

Static tightness
p> 0
v= 0

p
dp
pd
dx
Contact pressure distribution as a pd – p = pv
result of initial compression and
pressure to be sealed

Hydrodynamic
formation of lubricating film
p> 0
v> 0
p

h
η
v

Fig. 15 Compression curve and hydrodynamic lubrication film formation

180 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Friction force
Static friction (start-up friction)
Mixed friction area
Fluid friction area

Speed

Fig. 16 Stribeck graph

Apart from the operating conditions of pressure, temper- Drag pressure


ature and speed the wear depends primarily on the ma- When the fitting tolerances are restricted in the space
terial properties, the surfaces of the sliding components between the guide and the seal the guide generates
and the lubricating properties of the hydraulic fluid. Air hydrodynamic pressure. The cause of this is the hydro-
in the hydraulic fluid and contamination by foreign bod- dynamic drag flow, which depends on the dynamic
ies also influence the wear. viscosity of the medium, the gap width hs the speed v
and the length I of the guide (→ Fig. 17).

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL INFLUENCES The pressure increase in the guide is calculated as
­follows
Operating pressure
The system pressure with the size of the cylinder deter- 6⋅η⋅v⋅l
mines its lifting force. It is the first factor to be consid- [4] ∆p = p1 – p = _________
​  2 ​
h​s​
ered when selecting the seal and the hardness of the
seal material. According to the CETOP recommendation To prevent hydrodynamic pressure build-up, return ducts
standard cylinders are designed for the two pressure are required to compensate pressure in metal guides.
stages of 16 MPa (160 bar) and 25 MPa (250 bar). Otherwise the seal will be destroyed early in its life by
The majority of all hydraulic cylinders operates with the high pressure (→ Fig. 18). The return ducts are pref-
these pressures. Higher system pressures up to 40 MPa erably designed as a spiral groove with a cross-section
(400 bar) are now the rule in mining and heavy-duty greater than the largest gap ring area (→ Fig. 19).
mobile hydraulics. with the availability of existing seal Axial pressure compensation holes should be avoided,
types. because the spray effect of the fluid contributes to the
destruction of the seal.
During operation of the hydraulic cylinders the sealing
components are under continuously changing pressure. When using guide belts and guide rings of plastic return
In addition, short-term pressure peaks caused by exter- ducts are already available in the form of the joint gap
nal influences are frequently encountered, particularly (→ Fig. 19).
in mobile hydraulics. These shock loads can reach
several times the magnitude of the system pressure and
place high demands on the sealing components. These
loads must be taken into account when selecting the
seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 181


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

hs
p p1

pd
p1

Fig. 17 Hydrodynamic drag pressure

Speed
The speed between the seal and the moving counter
surface for rubber and polyurethane materials is
normally 0,1 m/s to 0,5 m/s. However, the deciding
factor is the application. For example, 0,8 m/s can be
approved for the Merkel U-Ring T 20 as secondary seal
and the same for the Merkel Compact Seal Simko 300
at a pressure of 250 bar. Up to 5 m/s is permissible for
PTFE materials.

Fig. 18 U-ring destroyed by hydrodynamic pressure build-up

182 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Spiral groove on metal guides

Gap at the joint on guides made of plastic

Fig. 19 Design measures for preventing drag pressure

The formation of a lubricant film and friction depend With increasing temperature the seal material becomes
on the speed to a large degree. The friction force more elastic and loses form stability. For this reason
decreases greatly in the range of 0,05 m/s and lower. we recommend running-in seals at lower temperatures
Particularly at high temperatures stick slip may occur. (80 °C) if the temperature limit of 110 °C will be com-
This juddering motion is a continuous repetition of stick mon for our polyurethane materials. If temperatures
and slip between seal and counter surface. over 110 °C are expected, it will be necessary to use
Materials with lower coefficients of friction are used to special materials (e.g. FKM, PTFE/FKM). At lower
prevent this (e.g. PTFE). temperatures the hardness of the seal materials will
be increased. The seal will lose elasticity. However,
Temperature the simultaneous increase in oil viscosity will leave the
The temperature of the hydraulic medium and the am- functional reliability of the seals virtually uninfluenced.
bient temperature influence the material configuration. In the temperature range down to –40 °C cold-resistant
The optimum temperature for the function of the seals materials based on NBR have proven reliable.
and the stability of the oil is +40 °C to +50 °C. The As previously noted, the temperature has a great
temperature at the sealing lip is significantly higher than influence on the physical properties of elastic rubber
the oil temperature because of the friction. materials.
The usual temperature during operation of the hydraulic The "torsion vibration test" graph (→ Fig. 20) shows
cylinder is +80 °C, in extreme cases it may be up to how the dynamic thrust module G depends on the
110 °C. temperature (thrust module measured in the torsion
vibration test according to DIN 53 520). The elastic
rubber range with a virtually constant module can be
recognised from right to left, then a steep rise to the

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 183


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

transition range and finally the glass state region, in Hydraulic media
which the rubber is hard and brittle, with a virtually In hydraulics various hydraulic fluids are used to trans-
constant module. mit the energy from the pump to the cylinder. The most
When the temperature rises again the cold brittleness important and most frequently used Die hydraulic fluid
disappears again. This means that the freezing process is mineral oil.
is reversible. The transition from elastic rubber to the
glass state region is particularly important is particularly The lubricating capacity of the oil is decisive for the
important because in many cases it represents the limit wear of the moving parts. The lubricating capacity is
of operation at low temperatures. This transition is not influenced by the viscosity and additives that improve
sudden but extends over a specific region, as shown in the lubrication.
the "torsion vibration test" graph.
Hydraulic oils are classified in viscosity classes in ac-
The region of transition from the elastic rubber region cordance with DIN ISO 51519 to identify the viscosity.
to the glass state is characterised by the glass transi- The criterion for the categorisation is the nominal viscos-
tion temperature Tü (temperature of the maximum of ity at the reference temperature of +40 °C.
the logarithmic damping decrement Λ). However, this
value can only represent a general dimension for the The viscosity of hydraulic oils depends on the pressure
low-temperature operation limit of the material, because and the temperature. The viscosity increases significant-
in practical application of an elastomer component it ly from a pressure of about 20 MPa (200 bar). The
depends completely on the type of load involved. viscosity doubles at approximately 40 MPa (400 bar)
depending on the nominal viscosity and the tempera-
The same material will reach its load limit at a higher ture. Under an increasing temperature the viscosity of
temperature under shock load than, for example, with oils decreases very rapidly. The characteristic value
slow elongation. The torsion vibration test can be used for this viscosity-temperature behaviour is the viscosity
to distinguish among different materials, but in practice index (VI). The higher the viscosity index of a hydraulic
the temperature limit must be tested in operation with oil the less the viscosity depends on the temperature
the various components. (→ Fig. 21).

Example:
Friction resulting from movements generates heat in the
case of contact seals. At temperatures at which there is
a danger of hardening by freezing the frictional heat
may be sufficient to maintain the elasticity of the seal or
to place it in a functional condition sufficiently quickly
after the movement has started. The behaviour under
cold conditions is therefore only ever worth testing in
the form of a material comparison in connection with
experience of the technical application.

For further information → General technical data and


materials from page 897.

184 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Cold behaviour

10 4 4

10 3 3

10 2 2

101 1

5
Log. damping decrement L
mm 2
dN
Shear modulus G

1 0
-1 20 -80 -40 0 40 80 120 160
°Celsius

Fig. 20 Graph: torsion vibration test in accordance with DIN 53445;


dynamic shear modulus G and logarithmic decrement Λ of a FST material based on CR

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 185


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

10 000
5 000

1 000 Oil with low


viscosity index
500
250

ISO
Vg
100

ISO

68
Vg

,V
80

32

I1
,V

00
50 Oil with high

I1
50
viscosity index

20
Kinematic viscosity mm2 /s

10

5
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120
Temperature °C

Fig. 21 Viscosity-temperature behaviour of various hydraulic oils

Hydraulic oils are classified into different groups: used in travelling hydraulic oil systems, with the advan-
• Hydraulic fluids based on mineral oils (→ Tbl. 1) tage that only one type of oil is required for the entire
• Biologically degradable hydraulic fluids (→ Tbl. 2). vehicle.
Apart from the mineral oils, in recent times so-called
For specific purposes, such as in aircraft and in mining,
environmentally compatible hydraulic fluids have come
fluids based on mineral oils cannot be used because
into use. In this regard a distinction is made between
of the danger of fire. Fire-retardant fluids are used for
hydraulic fluids based on vegetable oils (HETG), poly-
these applications (→ Tbl. 3).
glycol fluids (HEPG) and synthetic ester fluids (HEES).
The standard materials are not guaranteed to be com-
patible with these hydraulic fluids in all applications.
Special materials such as the polyurethane material
Simritan 94 AU 955 have been specially developed
for use in these fluids. In some cases engine oil /HD) is

186 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Categorisation of hydrau-
Categorisation
lic oils in a
­ ccordance Identification/
in accordance Application
with the properties
with DIN
ISO proposal

H HH Mineral oil without active additives is virtually never used today

corrosion-prevention additives and additives


H-L HL for lightly loaded systems
for increasing ageing resistance

like H-L, as well as wear-reducing additives


H-LP HM for heavily loaded systems
and additives for increasing loading

for heavily loaded systems when


like H-LP, as well as detergent
H-LPD – there is danger of water ingress dur-
and dispersive additives
ing oil filling

like H-LP, as well as improved systems that are used at low


H-V HV
viscosity-temperature behaviour or very variable temperatures

Tbl. 1 Hydraulic fluids based in mineral oil

Classification in accordance with DIN proposal Base fluid

HEPG Polyglycol

HETG Vegetable oil

HEEG Fully synthetic ester

Tbl. 2 Biologically degradable hydraulic fluids

Application tem- Kinematic viscosity at


Group Composition/water content Application
perature range +40 °C

Hydraulic fluids containing water

Emulsions of mineral oil in water, water mining,


HFA E
­content >80% (generally 95%) hydraulic presses,
–+5 … +60 °C 0,5 … 2 mm2/s hydrostatic drives
Synthetic oil in aqueous solution, water with low operating
HFA S
­content >80% (generally 95%) pressures

Emulsions of water in mineral oil, water not in use


HFB –+5 … +60 °C non-Newtonian fluid
content >40% in Germany

Hydrostatic drives
aqueous polymer solutions,
HFC –30 … +60 °C 20 … 70 mm2/s with low operating
water content >35%
pressures

Non-aqueous hydraulic fluids

HFD R based on phosphoric acid ester

Based on chlorinated hydrocarbons


HFD S
­hydrodynamic couplings up to 150 °C not approved for use
–30 … +150 °C 10 … 50 mm2/s
HFD T Mixtures of HFD R and HFD S in German coal mines

Synthetic fluids of other composition


HFD U
­approved

Tbl. 3 Fire-retardant fluids

Because of the large and somewhat confusing selection of media with different and varying additives, the above usage limits can only be consid-
ered recommended values. We recommend testing for individual cases

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 187


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

VDMA Directive 24317 lists the properties and identifi- GEOMETRICAL INFLUENCES
cation of these fluids.
DIN 24320 specifies the properties of HFA fluids. Stroke
Of the fire-retardant fluids it is primarily the HFA fluids The stroke of the working cylinder is mostly between
that have become established in mining. HFB and 0,1 m and 1,0 m. When the strokes are very short, only
HFD fluids are only used in exceptional cases. a few centimetres, and the load frequency is high, the
required lubricating film will not be formed and seals of
Contamination in oil circulation rubber materials may be subject to increased wear.
Hydraulic oils can be contaminated by foreign bodies
such as sand, metal abrasion, metal shavings and In such cases sealing components of PTFE are prefera-
oxidation products (ageing of the oil by the action of bly used. If the strokes are long, in the range of several
high temperatures and oxygen).If the oil is insufficiently metres, there is a danger that the sealing component
filtered the seal the other components in the hydraulic will be excessively heated. Distortions of the shape of
system may not operate correctly. Metal shavings and the rod, different surface roughness and eccentricity
abrasive grains of sand will cause failure of the seal ­occur more frequently with long strokes.
as soon as these particles enter the area beneath the
sealing edge. Housings
The following criteria are used to specify the housings
Air in oil and thus the dimensions of the seal:
There are dissolved air molecules in all classes of hy-
draulic fluids. This air dissolved in the oil does not affect
• Use and load type of cylinder
the function of the seal. Hydraulic oil can form a molec-
• Standard seal or special seal
ular bond to more as the pressure increases. Then when
• Standardised housings.
the pressure is reduced the dissolved air comes out of The greater the load on the seal the stronger the profile.
solution. Air bubbles form, which frequently collect in With equivalent seal diameter seals of smaller radial
the groove spaces not filled by the seals. thickness are more likely to be damaged and to wear.
The same percentage radial oversize the absolute over-
If the pressure is suddenly increased, the air-oil mixture size (in millimetres) of a seal with a smaller radial thick-
is heated so strongly that compression ignition may ness is less than a seal with larger radial thickness.
occur. This phenomenon, referred to as diesel effect, A seal with a stronger profile is better able to bridge
may destroy the seal if it occurs frequently. The seal large eccentricities resulting from the guide play.
may also be damaged by undissolved air during the
movement. The dimensions listed in the catalogue are available
immediately from stocks or are articles that can be de-
The air bubbles dragged in with the oil between the livered at short notice, which have been used success-
seal and the counter surface expand more the closer fully for years for sealing pistons and piston rods. The
they come to the non-pressurised side of the seal. This dimensions are marked accordingly when they match
air-bubble erosion causes longitudinal scores in the sur- the dimensions specified by the standard.
face of the seal. This results in further destruction of the
seal by washing out and removal of surface areas by The housings for rod and piston seals are specified in
the flowing fluid (flow erosion). DIN ISO 5597.
DIN ISO 6547 contains the housings for piston seals
The damage caused by air in the oil can be greatly re- with integrated guide elements.
duced if the complete hydraulic system is carefully bled DIN ISO 6195 governs the housing for wipers.
before operation. ISO Standard 7425 specifies compact seals, consisting
of one slip ring of PTFE and an elastic compression ring.

188 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

SEALING GAP

DEFINITION

The sealing gap is defined as the gap bordered by the the primary and secondary seals of a sealing system
counter surface and the housing on the pressurised side considered separately with reference to the sealing
of the seal. Because of the different general conditions gap.

x2 = (D2max – dmin) / 2 + xfmax / 2

x3 = (D2 – [DFmax – (2* Smin)]) /2

xfmax = [DFmax – (2* Smin)] – dmin

D2max = dmin + 2 x 2 - xfmax


x2 xf
d = shaft [mm]
DF = groove base of guide [mm] Ød ØD2 ØDF
D2 = non-pressurised side [mm]
S = thickness guide sleeves [mm] x3 S

x2 = maximum sealing gap [mm]


x3 = minimum sealing gap [mm]
xf = guide play [mm]

Fig. 22 Limit values of sealing gap of rod sealing system

LIMIT VALUES

When considering the limit values with reference to mount of the piston rod or the piston body are taken
the sealing gap the maximum adjustable sealing gap into account (→ Fig. 22 and Fig. 23).
(x2) and the minimum sealing gap (x3) with one-sided

x2 = (D2max – d2min) / 2 + xfmax / 2

x3 = ([dFmin + (2* Smin)] – d2max) /2 S xf x2

xfmax = Dmax – [dFmin + (2* Smin)]

d2min = D2max + xfmax - 2 x 2max

d = bore [mm]
Ød2
DF = groove base of guide [mm] ØdF ØD
D2 = non-pressurised side [mm]
S = thickness guide sleeves [mm]

x2 = maximum sealing gap [mm]


x3 = minimum sealing gap [mm] x3
xf = guide play [mm]

Fig. 23 Limit values of sealing gap of piston sealing system

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 189


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

The maximum sealing gap (x2) should be as small as General figures for the maximum admissible gap width
possible (gap extrusion), the minimum sealing gap (x3) (x2) are listed in the tables with the article description
should be as large as possible (metal contact). Because depending on the type of seal, the selected seal profile
there is a direct geometrical dependency between the and the operating pressure.
minimum required metal gap (x3) and the maximum
permissible extrusion gap (x2), the gap dimensions can-
not be set independently of each other. METAL CONTACT

When specifying the minimum gap dimension (x3), the


GAP EXTRUSION collision control is particularly important. The narrowest
sealing gap in a sealing system is normally behind the
Seal materials act like a viscous fluid under the influ- primary seal. Collision control is therefore run primarily
ence of the operating pressure. When the pressure is for this area. Where the design requires large gaps
applied the sealing component is pressed closer to the between the sealing components and also large angu-
metal housing and to the sealing gap. The ingress of lar deviations the collision control should be extended
the seal material into the sealing gap is referred to as appropriately.
the gap extrusion. The sealing component is damaged
in the area of the metal edge of the installation space Marginal designs with high transverse loads and long
by the ingress of the seal material into the sealing gap. slender cylinders must also be protected with reference
The repeated damage eventually causes failure of the to bending of the piston rod and the deflection of the
sealing component. guide element. Cylinders with short support length are
tested for the required angular error.
When specifying the maximum gap dimension (x2) the
temperature, material and geometry-dependent form Metal contacts between the counter surface and the in-
stability of the sealing component and the operating stallation space components cause comparatively high
and general conditions must be considered. In addition costs when service is required. Within the permissible
to the clear connection between the form stability of a limits and with reference to the operating and general
sealing component and the operating pressure or the conditions the dimensions and tolerances are selected
operating temperature, the limit values for the sealing to yield as large a value as possible for the sealing
gap are determined by the total loading, as well as gap x3 and thus the greatest possible security against
other things. metal contacts. The minimum required value for x3 is
The pressure applied with simultaneous relative stroke determined primarily by the deflection of the guide
movement in the direction of the extrusion gap is more ­element under load (see additional information on
demanding than a static or quasi-static seal with refer- guide elements).
ence to the power consumed by friction and shearing
forces in the contact zone. A short pressure pulse is
uncritical with reference to the gap extrusion, but an
extended application of pressure places increased
demands on the long-term form stability of the sealing
component (flow).

The relevant enlargement of the sealing gap as a result


of the cylinder stretching (cylinder barrel) or cylinder
buckling (hollow rods) must be considered, particularly
with higher operating pressures or light design. The
deflection of the guide element must also be considered
borderline designs with high transverse loads.

190 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

COUNTER SURFACE

DEFINITION An absolutely sealing component that does not release


a lubricating film outside is as unsuitable as an
Both sides are subject to wear at the contact and during absolutely smooth counter surface (→ Fig. 24) in which
simultaneous relative movement between the sealing there are no abrasive components and also no lubricant
components and the counter surface. To establish a pockets when considering the dependencies described
stable sealing effect over the long term, the changes above. In both cases a very unfavourable friction and
caused by the contact must be minor. After a short run- wear behaviour will be established.
ning period during which the sealing edge must not be
damaged by abrasive wear, stable running character-
istics must established. The system consisting of sealing SURFACE STRUCTURE
components, counter surface and lubricating film must
be optimised for sealing effect, friction behaviour and The structure of the counter surface is primarily influ-
wear. The geometry, the material of the sealing compo- enced by the machining process used for finishing. With
nents, the topography, the material of counter surface reference to retaining the lubricating film it is better to
and the properties of the hydraulic medium all influence generate chaotic surface structures. Dynamic effects are
the operation of the system. generated on aligned structures and in relation to the
The factor of individual parameters on the overall sys- stroke movement in the area around the sealing edge.
tem is strongly dependent on the operating conditions. The applied lubricating film can be enlarged here
While the solid-body friction is the primary factor with and is visible as leakage. A surface generated by
a low stroke speed and high operating pressure, with a turning and grinding or honing cannot be accurately
high stroke speed and low operating pressure a hydro- described geometrically. In turning the material is not
dynamic lubricating film may be built up. The influence sheared at the theoretical contour line, because during
quantities are always mutually interdependent. In an processing material particles are also pulled out from a
optimally set up system a thin lubricating film is released depth. Geometrically undetermined cutters indentations
outside beneath the sealing components. The oil film and heights are also formed by grinding and honing
must be transported completely back to the hydraulic (→ Fig. 25). A surface with formation of fine burrs is
system at every cycle. Inside sealing systems all indi- generated.
vidual seals and the wiper must meet this condition.

Fig. 24 Non-wettable surface Fig. 25 Ground surface

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 191


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Whether such a surface is suitable for use in contact


with the sealing components cannot be sufficiently
derived from the currently used surface parameters Ra, Compression = Pressure
P
Rmax and Mr. Depending on the general manufacturing
conditions both abrasive and non-abrasive counter sur-
faces are created within the limit values. Processes that
remove material for final machining are only suitable if
the process can be managed. This requires a measured
value for the abrasiveness.

When manufacturing processes for final machining are


used in which material is not removed (e.g. rolling) com-
paratively smooth surfaces are generated, which do
Fig. 26 Qualitative compression curve, single-acting rod seal
not normally have any abrasive components. Because
it is difficult to wet a smooth surface, it is more difficult
In the area of rod sealing systems base steel of quality
to form a lubricating film. However, such surfaces are
Ck45N with a surface hardness of 55-60 HRC is used
generally suitable for a counter surface in contact with
for cylinders under high loading. In general high-alloy,
sealing components.
stainless steels based on CrMo or CrMoNi have proven
reliable.

HARDNESS/COATING
Piston sealing systems are under less load compared to
rod sealing systems with reference to the compression
The counter surface and the sealing and guide elements
curve (no pronounced sealing edge) and the lubrica-
are in contact as a result of relative movement (friction)
tion. The counter surface in cylinder bores are not nor-
and compression (transverse load; operating pressure).
mally hardened. Under high loading high-alloy, stain-
The required hardness of the counter surface depends
less steels based on CrMo or CrMoNi (e.g. 42 CrMo4
on the height and type of loading. Slow movements
+ QT or 42 CrMo4V and 36 NiCrMo T + TQ) have
with high surface load (deformation of the counter
proven reliable.
surface) and rotary movements (running-in as a result of
wear) are the most demanding.
Nitrated counter surfaces
Nitration saturates the edge coating of the workpiece
The hardness of the surface generates sufficiently
with nitrogen by diffusion. The result is a hard, wear-re-
wear-resistant and stable edge coatings. However,
sistant and corrosion-resistant compound layer (thick-
the thickness of the edge coating and the quality of
ness 10-20 µm). The hardness diminishes with increas-
the base material are very important. If it is too soft, a
ing depth (diffusion coat). Depending on the process
comparatively thin edge coating will be deformed or
and the basic material a total penetration depth of up
broken with deflection of the base material. This effect
to 1 mm is reached. In salt-bath nitration (in a weaker
can be observed particularly with hard chrome coat-
form also with gas nitration) a large number of deep
ings on soft substrate material. The highest compression
pores is formed in the outer compound layer. Even un-
depends on the transverse load and the operating pres-
der a minor load (abrasive) particles tend to break out
sure in the region of the guide element or the primary
of the porous compound layer.
sealing component. With complete deflection of an
HGW guide ring and a correspondingly high transverse
load maximum compressions of pmax~110N/mm² are
reached. In the case of the sealing components the
pressure distribution depends on the geometry of the
sealing edge (→ Fig. 26). An operating pressure of
30 MPa a maximum compression of pmax~50N/mm²
can be expected for the Merkel Omegat OMS-MR Rod
Seal.

192 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Ceramic and partially ceramic


counter surfaces
When using ceramic and partially ceramic surface
­(total thickness 300 µm) corrosion protection
(saltwater resistance) and wear resistance are the
­primary ­purpose.

Ceramic counter surfaces are not smoothed in contact


with the sealing components. The contact with the
permanently sharp-edged crystal structure causes high
wear on the sealing components. Sealing systems for
ceramic counter surfaces are designed with adapted
seal materials and special seal layouts and as such
Fig. 27 Salt-bath-nitrated surface
have a special position.
A surface of this type cannot be used in contact with
the sealing components without additional mechanical
processing. Nitrated counter surfaces can be used in
sealing technology without problems when they have
been appropriately processed.

Chromed counter surfaces


Polished hard chrome layers (thickness 30-50 µm)
do not generally have any abrasive component and,
­assuming a sufficiently hard substrate, are suitable for Fig. 28 Ceramic surface
use as a counter surface in contact with the sealing
components. Matt chroming forms microscopically small In general brittle coatings would break with the
sharp tips, which cause heavy wear. Such surfaces must ­elongation of the cylinder bores when pressure is
be mechanically processed before use in every case. ­applied. Therefore, in hydraulic cylinders only piston
rods are coated.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 193


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

DESCRIPTION OF COUNTER SURFACE MEAS-


URABLE IN THE LABORATORY

To evaluate the counter surface a suitable roughness


gauge is used to measure the surface parameters Ra
(average roughness), Rmax (maximum surface rough-
ness) and Mr (material content) and compared to the
specified limit values (→ Tbl. 4).

Surface quality

Surface roughness Rmax Ra

0,05 … 0,3 µm
Sliding surface ≤2,5 µm
(optimum Ra = 0,2 µm)

Groove base ≤6,3 µm ≤1,6 µm

Groove flanks ≤15,0 µm ≤3,0 µm

Material content Mr >50% to max 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. (optimum Mr = 80%)

Tbl. 4 Surface parameters

The material content curve or Abbott curve (→ Fig. 29)


is the graphic view of the material-filled proportion
of the calculated profile with reference to the cutting
depth.
The material content is derived from the Abbott curve.
The seal manufacturer uses different basic data.

0%

39%
79%

100%
0 39 % 79 100

Fig. 29 Abbott graph

194 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

In the case of FST the entire surface including the EXTENDED LABORATORY DESCRIPTION
full peak height relevant to the abrasivity and possible OF THE COUNTER SURFACE
damage at first contact is considered starting from a ref-
erence line at Cref = 0% (→ Fig. 30). It remains uncon- The service life of the sealing component in a sealing
sidered with a reference line Cref = 5% (→ Fig. 31). system is determined by the contact between the coun-
ter surface and the sealing component. The contact
[mm]
influences by the comparatively soft sealing component
(wear) and the hard counter surface (smoothing). If the
sealing edge is damaged as a result of abrasive wear
Rz/2
on the first strokes of the hydraulic cylinder, the sealing
effect and the service life will be reduced accordingly.
Abbott curve An extended laboratory examination of the counter sur-
face is urgently required to measure abrasivity to ensure
stable running characteristics over the long term.

C ref = 0 % Mr = 48 %
The description of the counter surface can be refined by
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Mr [%] evaluation of additional parameters of the Abbott curve
(→ Fig. 32):
Fig. 30 FST material component definition

[mm] [mm]

Rpkx
Unconsidered for C ref = 5 % Rpk

Rz/4 Rk Abbott curve


Abbott curve

Rvk
Rvkx
Mr 1 Mr 2
C ref = 5 % Mr = 61 % 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Mr [%]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Mr [%] Rpkx, full peak height; abrasive component.

Fig. 31 Competition material component definition Rpk, reduced peak height; profile peaks.
Rk, core surface roughness; supporting core;
Parameters such as Ra, Rmax, Rz and the material con- the main function area
tent Mr have become established. The behaviour of the Rvk, reduced groove depth; profile grooves;
counter surface compared to the sealing components lubricant depot.
cannot yet be described with sufficient accuracy with Rvkx, full groove depth; only minor
reference to the abrasivity. influence on the sealing system.
Rpk, Rk, Rvk, Mr1 and Mr2 cannot be
influenced any more without simultaneously influencing
shape, position and dimensions.

Fig. 32 Additional parameters

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 195


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

FST has set a new direction with the definition of new Compared to the currently considered surface param-
surface parameters for detailed description of the eters we expect significantly improved predictability of
counter surface for sealing components. The results are abrasivity and long-term behaviour.
currently being applied to a wider base in collabora- Our insights do not yet include ceramic or partial
tion with major manufacturers of injection moulding ceramic counter surfaces. Because such surfaces
­machines, presses and general cylinder manufacturing. in c­ ontact with sealing components have a special
In the current state of knowledge at FST the surface ­position, we would like to exclude these surfaces from
parameters listed in Table 5 with the stated limit values the above information.
are suitable for a complete description of the counter
surface for sealing components.
Ideal flat Unsuitable too fine Suitable Unsuitable too rough
1 2 3 4

Ra > 0,05 µm < 0,30 µm

Rmax – < 2,50 µm

Rpkx – < 0,50 µm

Rpk – < 0,50 µm

Rk > 0,25 µm < 0,70 µm

Rvk > 0,20 µm < 0,65 µm

Rvkx > 0,20 µm < 2,00 µm

Tbl. 5 Limit positions of the additional parameters

196 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

MATERIALS

SELECTION PTFE COMPOUND

The function of a sealing component is influenced by Pure (virgin) PTFE has a comparatively low structure
the geometry and primarily by the seal material. The and friction strength. Even under a low load the materi-
influence of the specific material properties on the al is deformed and begins to flow (cold flow). The addi-
function of the seal in this regard depends among other tion of fillers (compounding) such as bronze, glass fibre
factors on the nature of the relative movement between and carbon fibre can significantly improve form stability
the sealing component and the counter surface (stroke, and friction strength. Depending on the requirements
rotation, static). other fillers such as carbon or graphite and also colour
additives are also used.
As well as the chemical resistance the form stability,
friction behaviour and elastic behaviour are significant PTFE is a horny, non-elastic material. The initial contact
influence factors. Unwanted material influences are in pressure of the PTFE sealing component to the counter
part compensated by additional components such as surface required for the sealing function can only be
back-up rings (extrusion resistance) or pre-load compo- applied by an additional contact pressure element
nents (initial sealing effect). A function-oriented design ­(elastomer or spring) because of the missing elasticity.
of the seal always considers the sealing material in use. PTFE sealing components therefore always have multi­
Not every geometry can be manufactured easily with ple components.
every material.

Elastomer
MATERIALS

In hydraulic applications multi-component sealing


components with a sliding ring of PTFE compound and Metal
an elastomer pre-load component as well as single
and multi-component sealing components of elastomer
Polyurethane
(NBR, FKM) or polyurethane are primarily used. For the
guide elements fabric-base laminate compounds are
mostly used.

Back-up rings are manufactured of PTFE (polytetrafluo- Metal


roethylene), PA (polyamide) or POM (polyoxymethyl-
ene) depending on the requirements. As well as these PTFE compound
materials in some cases special materials such as PE
(polyethylene), TPE (thermoplastic polyester-elastomer)
and PEEK (polyetheretherketone) are used.

Metal

Fig. 33 Sealing edge in contact with counter surface

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 197


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

PTFE compounds are noted for high pressure resistance PTFE bronze (PTFE B602) is the standard compound
and favourable friction behaviour. A friction value for general applications. In addition to its very smooth
(oiled) between µ = 0,02 and µ = 0,1 can be expected sliding properties the high form stability, even at high
depending on the contact conditions. temperatures, as well as high wear resistance are par-
ticularly important.
The structure of the PTFE material causes the sealing
component to slide on the higher components of the The metal bronze and its components are not chemi-
surfaces (microstructure). The sealing edge does not en- cally neutral. In contact with water or water emulsion
ter the roughness valleys (→ Fig. 33). As a result of this and in some cases also with additives in the hydraulic
behaviour PTFE sealing components allow a compara- medium chemical reactions may be started.
tively thicker lubricating film beneath the sealing edge.
The chemical reaction and also generally the results of
PTFE sealing components are preferably used as a insufficient lubrication can cause a typical damage pat-
primary seal in sealing systems or as a piston seal with tern (fine strips) on the counter surface in contact with
bilateral pressure application. the sliding ring of a sealing component of PTFE bronze.

Dirt adhering to the piston rod can be kept from enter- The restriction described is generally applicable for
ing the hydraulic system with suitable design of the wip- all PTFE bronze compounds available on the market.
ing edge when using wipers of PTFE compound. However, because of the compounding, which varies in
detail, the results must be evaluated very differently.
When selecting the PTFE compound amongst others
the following properties are assessed with reference to If the lubrication is insufficient (poorly lubricating hy-
the actual application: draulic medium, short stroke, stroke at high load and
low stroke speed), the use of PTFE glass fibre MoS2
• The influence of the hydraulic medium (PTFE GM201) has proven to be suitable. Influence by
• The behaviour in contact with the counter surface standard hydraulic media is not a factor
• The form stability depending on the operating because the glass fibres are chemically neutral.
­temperature.

T = 80 °C
T =120 °C
Deformation

PTFE GM201 PTFE B602 PTFE C104 Competition


(PTFE/Glass fibre MoS2) (PTFE/Bronze) (PTFE/Carbon fibre) (PTFE/carbon fibre)

Fig. 34 Form stability of PTFE compounds in comparison

198 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

The pressure resistance of PTFE glass fibre is lower than POLYURETHANE


that of PTFE bronze. In the temperature range above
100 °C there are significant differences in the form sta- Polyurethane has a high wear resistance and a compar-
bility in comparison with PTFE bronze (→ Fig. 34). atively high form stability. With the elastic behaviour of
the material sealing components can be designed as
The positive properties of PTFE bronze and PTFE glass single-piece components, i.e. without an extra pre-load
fibre are combined in the PTFE carbon fibre compound component. Polyurethane under pressure behaves as a
(PTFE C104). The compound has favourable behaviour viscous fluid. At an operating pressure above 10 MPa
with insufficient lubrication and comparatively high form sealing components of polyurethane are completely
stability. formed. The full contact to the counter surface makes
ingress of the lubricating medium in the contact area
The matrix of modified PTFE is the difference in com- difficult and as a consequence increases the friction
pound PTFE C104 compared to other PTFE carbon wear. The use of a sealing system should be preferred
fibre compounds. The cost of the base material and the to the individual seal with reference to the achievable
processing are higher than for PTFE bronze, PTFE glass service life.
fibre and simple PTFE carbon fibre compounds. There-
fore, this compound is generally used for applications Code Colour

where neither PTFE bronze nor PTFE glass fibre MoS2 95 AU V142 dark-blue
appear suitable. 94 AU 925 light-blue

93 AU V167 light-red
The maximum permissible operating pressure is prima-
rily determined by the extrusion gap and the tempera- 93 AU V168 light-red
ture-dependent form stability of the seal material. Be- 95 AU V149 dark-blue
cause the size of the extrusion gap cannot be selected
AU V206 dark-yellow
as very small with reference to metal contacts, the pres-
sure application range of the sealing component must AU V204 light-yellow
be limited depending on the temperature. 92 AU 21100 white

Tbl. 6 Overview of polyurethane


An operating pressure of up to 40 MPa is generally
permissible in the average temperature range, depend- Sealing components of polyurethane wipe away the
ing on the extrusion gap. At an operating temperature hydraulic medium reliably with suitable design of the
above 100 °C the operating pressure should remain sealing edge. Assuming adequate media resistance,
limited to 26 MPa with the use of PTFE glass fibre and seals of polyurethane are used as primary and secon­
the simple PTFE carbon fibres. dary seals (gap pressure up to 5 MPa) inside sealing
systems. Their use as individual seals in combination
The PTFE profile ring of a PTFE seal is machine-manufac- with a double wiper is also widespread. With its high
tured up to a nominal diameter of 2000 mm. It cannot wear resistance polyurethane is also very suitable as
be manufactured by injection moulding. a material for wipers. Sealing components of polyure-
thane can be manufactured by injection moulding or
rotary processes to a nominal diameter of approximate-
ly 2000 mm. The qualities of polyurethane used (→
Tbl. 6) can be processed more or less easily d ­ epending
on the nominal diameter and the manufac­turing
process. On the other hand some qualities are noted
for excellent properties such as increased resis­tance
to hydrolysis (hydrolysis = loss of structure as a result
of contact with water) or improved properties in the
low-temperature range.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 199


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

ELASTOMERS Because of the low resistance to gap extrusion (form


stability) seals of elastomer without additional rein-
Sealing, wiping and pre-load components of NBR forcement such as fabric inserts (Chevron seal sets) or
(acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber) or FKM (fluoro elasto- back-up rings can only be used at low pressures up to
mer) are primarily used in the area of hydraulic appli- 10 MPa.
cations. Depending on the general conditions HNBR
(hydrogenated acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber) and Elastomer seals with fabric reinforcement are robust and
EPDM (ethylene-propylene-diene rubber) are also used. with pressure applied have sufficient form stability. How-
ever, such sealing components are often not sufficient
Sealing components of elastomer wipe away the hy- to meet the increased demands related to stroke speed
draulic medium and also fine dirt reliably with suitable and service life, primarily because of the unsuitable
design of the sealing edge. In this respect they are su- Friction behaviour.
perior to PTFE and polyurethane. On the other hand the Elastomers are mainly used as wipers and in the form
high sealing effect causes the elastomer to penetrate of O-rings as static seals or pre-load components.
the microstructure of the counter surface (→ Fig. 36) Elastomers are only used as secondary seals in sealing
and thus forms a very close contact between the sealing systems if polyurethane cannot be used because of the
component and the counter surface. The friction and media resistance or the operating temperature.
the wear are increased particularly when pressure is
­applied compared to PU and PTFE (→ Fig. 35).
Sealing components of elastomer tend to adhere to the
counter surface after extended downtime because of
this property.

110
100
90
80
70
Abrasion

60
50
40
30
20
10
0
NBR HNBR EPDM FKM PU

Fig. 35 Wear behaviour in comparison

200 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

HG650
Competition 1
Competition 1
Competition 1
Radial load

60 °C 80 °C 100 °C 120 °C

Fig. 36 Loading depending on the operating temperature

FABRIC-BASE LAMINATE In the diameter range up to 300 mm HG517 and


HG650 are currently used by the metre cut to length
Fabric-base laminates consist of a fine fabric bonded and above 300 mm the HG650 quality is used by the
with resin. Relevant properties such as the friction metre cut to length. Material quality HG650 represents
strength, the permissible surface load (acceptance of the standard of the future over the complete dimension
transverse loading) and the temperature dependency range. The advantage of HG650 in addition to the
of the material behaviour are set depending on the outstanding pressure resistance compared to competi-
properties of the components. Polyester and other plas- tive products is the improved handling (fitting) for small
tics and also natural materials such as cotton are used diameters (<60 mm).
for the fine fabric. In addition to polyester, vinyl ester
Code Colour
and phenol resin a whole range of plastics with various HG517 dark grey
properties are available for the resin matrix. While HG650 Red
the friction resistance of the established compounds is
generally at a comparatively high level, there are signif- Tbl. 7 Overview of fabric-base laminates
icant differences in the permissible surface load and the
dependence on the operating temperature (→ Fig. 36).

Thermoplastic base materials, such as polyester, have


a significant natural temperature-dependent material
behaviour. At higher temperatures guide elements of
these materials can only accept low transverse loads.
For other compounds the influence of the operating
temperature on the permissible surface pressure is only
minor.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 201


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

INSTALLATION OF HYDRAULIC SEALS

Before installing the sealing components the compete Insertion chamfers on rods and pipes
system must be cleaned to remove machining residues, To prevent damage to sealing components when mount-
chips, dirt and other particles. Seals must not be pulled ing, cylinder bores and piston rods must be chamfered.
over sharp edges, threads, feather key grooves or simi- For the surface quality of the chamfer Rt ≤4 µm is
lar when mounting. These parts must be covered during ­applicable.
fitting (→ Fig. 37). Sharp edges must be de-burred or The edge at the transition from the chamfer to the
chamfered or radiused. Never use sharp-edged tools. ­sliding surface must be rounded and polished. Prod-
Seal, piston rod and cylinder bore must be oiled or uct-specific information can be found in the shape
greased before fitting. Heating the seals before instal- descriptions.
lation in +80 °C to +100 °C hot oil will make the seal
material more elastic and it will be easier to install the
seal.

Fig. 37 Covering threads when mounting seals

202 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

FITTING OF ROD SEALS

When mounting rod seals two types of


installation must be distinguished(→Fig. 38):

Installation recommendation I

Installation recommendation II

Fig. 38 Installation types of rod seals

• Snap-in fitting in an undivided installation space (profile size 5 mm) up to a nominal diameter of 80
(­ installation recommendation I). (profile size 10 mm) in undivided grooves. The ring is
Seals that are suitable for this type of installation are pressed into a kidney shape and pushed into the rod
marked with h and w in the tables of dimensions. guide. The fitting tool is withdrawn after the seal has
• Fitting in a divided installation space snapped into the groove.
(installation recommendation II).
Seals that required a divided installation space Another option for snap-in fitting of rod seals is to use a
are not marked in the tables of dimensions. suitable stopper and a rod (→ Fig. 41).

Assembly tools for rod seals Here the seal is initially placed manually in the groove
Snap-in fitting in undivided housings (recommended and then pushed with a rod until it snaps into the
installation) can be made must easier with suitable groove. Stopper and rod should be manufactured from
assembly tools. The fitting tool I (order no. 00375753) a suitable plastic.
can be used to snap in U-rings from 35 mm diameter

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 203


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Fitting of groove and compact seals with


back-up ring
The Merkel SM U-Ring (primary seal) with locked-in
back-up ring can be snapped into a plunge-cut groove.
The sealing ring is first inserted into the groove.
Then the back-up ring is installed.
Compact seals with a locked-in back-up ring can be
snapped into a plunge-cut groove, depending on the
diameter and profile.

Fitting of multi-part compact seals for the rod:


Merkel Omegat OMS‑MR
For rod diameters ≤15 mm an axially accessible hous-
ing is required. Up to rod diameter 28 mm an axially
accessible housing is recommended. If this is not pos- Fig. 40 Fitting tool II for rod seals
sible for design reasons, the seal must be selected in
accordance with the smaller installation size L.
For diameter range 38 to 50 mm we also recommend Fitting in divided housings
using the seal in accordance with the smaller fitting From a specific nominal diameter, depending on the
size L because of the easier fitting (→ Fig. 41). The profile size, rod seals must be installed in divided
max. permissible gap widths of the type must be ­housings. The limit sizes are listed in d (→ Tbl. 8).
­observed.
Rod seals in divided housings (fitting recommendation
II) can be installed without special tools. For series
installation we recommend using mounting sleeves and
pilot shafts (→ Fig. 42).

U-rings and single-piece


compact seals

Profile size
D_________
N – dN 4 5 6 7,5 10 12,5 15
P = ​  2 ​

Limit nominal di-


ameters for snap-in 25 30 40 50 80 100 105
fitting

Seals that are suitable for snap-in fitting are identified with h (hand)
in the descriptions in the dimension lists.
Fig. 39 Fitting tool I for rod seals Tbl. 8 Limit dimensions for snap-in fitting (required values)

204 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Multi-part compact seals for pistons


Simko Piston Seals can generally be snapped in without
Rod
tools. The following illustrations show the snap-in fitting
without tools for the Merkel Compact Seal Simko 300
Compact Seal. First the elastic rubber contact pressure
element is snapped in. Then the PUR sealing ring is
placed on one side in the groove and pushed over the
previously oiled piston body until it snaps completely
into the groove.

Plug

Fig. 41 Installation aid for rod seals

Fig. 42 Fitting of rod seals in divided housings Fig. 43 Snapping in the polyurethane running ring

FITTING OF PISTON SEALS

Similar to fitting of rod seals there are also two types of


installation of piston seals:
• Snap-in fitting in undivided housings.
Seals that are suitable for this type of installation are
identified with h or w in the dimension tables.
• Fitting in divided housings.
When assembled the metal parts must adhere to
­preclude extrusion wear on the static side.

Fig. 44 Snapping in the polyurethane running ring

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 205


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Assembly tools for piston seals Simko Piston Seals as well as U-Rings that in some cases
The snap-in fitting is made much easier with suitable are used as single-acting piston seals can be easily in-
­assembly tools. stalled with the aid of simple installation tool
See the following illustrations:

Fig. 45 Fully mounted seal Fig. 47 Inserting mounting pin

Fig. 46 Inserting sealing ring Fig. 48 Turning mounting lever

206 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

To prevent damage to the sealing edge, which may


­result in leakage before commissioning, it is important
to observe our installation instructions.

Fitting for installation


Omegat Seals consist of a high-quality pressure and
wear-resistant profile ring and an O-ring as the pre-
load component. Careful fitting is essential for correct
function.

Before starting installation, make sure that:


• The required insertion chamfers on the piston rod
and cylinder bore have been de-burred and round-
ed,
• Thread peaks and sharp edges are covered,
• Dust, dirt, chips and other external objects must be
thoroughly removed,
Fig. 49 Snapping in the guide back-up ring • The Omegat sealing components and the compo-
nents are oiled or greased (use only greases without
solid additives. In this regard make sure that they are
compatible with the medium.),
FITTING OF COMPACT SEALS OF THE • The assembly tools must be of soft material and have
OMEGAT SERIES FOR PISTONS AND RODS no sharp edges.
The Merkel Omegat Compact Piston Seals (OMK‑MR,
Heating them in oil up to about 80 °C makes it much
OMK‑S, OMK‑E, OMK‑ES) and the Merkel Omegat
easier to stretch and deform the Omegat Profile Ring.
Compact Rod Seals (OMS‑MR, OMS‑S) are suitable
for undivided housings in virtually all dimensions. Fitting
requires special care.

Omegat Rod Seal


Fitting of Omegat Rod Seals in undivided housings is very easy (d ≤Ø15 axially accessible housing required):

Insert O-ring into the groove without twisting it.

Press Omegat Profile Ring into a kidney shape


(attention: do not kink!).

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 207


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Omegat Rod Seal

Direction of
A fitting tool is preferred for pressure
series fitting. P

Place compressed Omegat Profile Ring on the


O-ring so the sealing edge is on the pressure side.

Insert Omegat Profile Ring in original shape in the groove.


Then calibrate with a mandrel. The mandrel can be manufactured from PA, POM or similar material.
Chamfers of 15° and minimum 30 mm long.

Tbl. 9 Deformation of the profile ring

Ød L Ø d mandrel
Preferred materials: pressure mandrel – plastic
tapered sleeve – plastic
<50 15 Ø d – 0,10
We can supply complete assembly tools on enquiry.
≥ 50 ... <120 20 Ø d – 0,18

≥120 ... <200 30 Ø d – 0,25 Seal housing


≥200 ... <650 40 Ø d – 0,35 Expanding Conical sleeve Cylinder
mandrel
≥650 ... <900 50 Ø d – 0,50

Tbl. 10 Recommended diameter of mounting equipment

Recommendation: X
Please use an assembly tool when d Ø>15 mm and X
for larger series. This deforms the profile ring less. The
­major design principles are shown in the drawing.

15°
R 1,5 Omegat profile ring O-ring
Ø dmandrel

Fig. 51 Finished assembly tools (on enquiry)

Rounded

Fig. 50 Calibrating mandrel

208 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

Omegat Piston Seal

Omegat Piston Seals must always be fitted in single-piece pistons with a fitting tool.

Expanding
Insert O-Ring into the groove without twisting it. mandrel Expanding
approx. 5° sleeve
chamfer

Stretch Omegat Profile Ring with spreader sleeve over a tapered


mounting sleeve and spring into the groove, PTFE
for larger dimensions use mounting belt (order no. 24346745) profile ring
O-ring
(no sharp-edged tools).

Calibrate Omegat Profile Ring on the piston diameter


with a slip ring. When using profile rings with an L-dimension ≥6,3 mm
we recommend using a plastic tension belt.

Tbl. 11 Mounting equipment for piston seal

FITTING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FITTING OF MERKEL COMPACT SEAL T 19


MERKEL COMPACT SEAL L 43 We recommend using installation tools for all dimen-
Fitting of the Merkel Compact Seal L 43 is uncompli- sions of the size series T 19; hand installation is possible
cated and generally corresponds to the conventional for servicing. The sequence when mounting the individu-
compact piston seal. The assembly should be carried al parts is as follows:
out in the sequence below.
• First angled bush
• Sealing component
• Second angled bush
1. Back-up ring
2. Sealing component
3. Back-up ring
4. Angled bush

4. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Fig. 52 Fitting of Merkel Compact Seal L 43

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 209


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR FITTING OF CHEVRON SEAL SETS


MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER PT 2
Double wipers of the PT 2 series can be installed in Instructions for Chevron Seal Set housings
housings that are not axially accessible without tools Adjustable housings have the advantage of an optimal
from Ø150 mm. For installation first insert the large adjustment option. After a lengthy period of running
O-ring into the groove, insert the small O-ring into the and incipient wear on the seal tightening the gland can
groove of the PTFE profile ring, then the profile ring is extend the service life and significantly delay a system
placed in a kidney shape and snapped in. Make sure standstill. For adjustable housings an extension of 2,5%
that the profile ring is not kinked and that the sealing and an adjustability of 7,5% of dimension L is recom-
edge is correctly aligned to the pressure direction. For mended. Non-adjustable housings have the advantage
smaller dimensions please use an installation tool. of more cost-effective manufacture, because washers
Dimensions <Ø100 mm cannot be installed in a are not required. Seal Set Type B is particularly recom-
plunge-cut groove. mended for these housings. The rubber-sprung back-up
rings handle the function of initial compression and con-
tinuous re-adjustment during operation. Maintenance of
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR the seal contact area is not required.
MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER PT 1
Double wipers of the PT 1 series with inside diameter Fitting
≥30 mm can be installed in non-axially accessible Before installation all individual parts of the seal set
­housings without fitting tools. For smaller dimensions must be evenly greased. Mineral-oil-based greases can
a fitting tool is recommended. be used. The rod must be in the cylinder’s installation
space during fitting. The individual parts of the set
must be installed separately in the chamber. In this
regard make sure that the seals are not reversed. Open
Pressure ­chevron seal sets are used for repairs, e.g. in large
­systems, if endless seals cannot be installed.

Please note
Open chevron seals have an oversize in the circumfer-
ence length to allow sufficient compression and a good
PT 1 sealing effect at the joint sections. An endless delivered
seal set should therefore not be cut. Open chevron
seals are always supplied with installed profile cords.
Fig. 53 Functional direction of wiper
L x 0,075 L x 1,025
For installation the O-rings are inserted into the groove,
then the profile ring is placed in a kidney shape and
snapped in. Make sure that the profile ring is not
kinked and the sealing edge is correctly aligned to
the ­pressure direction.

Fig. 54 DMS installation space example

210 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Technical Principles | Hydraulics

FITTING OF MERKEL FORSEAL MADE OF PTFE

We recommend installation of Merkel Forseal Seals in


divided grooves.
In exceptional cases there is also the option of snap-in
fitting in semi-open grooves. We request you consult us
in these t applications.
The sealing ring must not be kinked during fitting.

Installation instructions for Installation instructions for


Merkel Forseal FOI made of PTFE Merkel Forseal FOA made of PTFE

can be Groove can be installed


Groove O-Ring Ø Xmin L
O-Ring Ø Xmin installed L cross- ­section from FOA-
cross- ­section
from FOI-
1,45 x 2,4 1,78 0,4 15 4,0
1,45 x 2,4 1,78 0,2 12 4,0
2,25 x 3,6 2,62 0,6 20 4,5
2,25 x 3,6 2,62 0,3 20 4,5
3,10 x 4,8 3,53 0,7 25 5,0
3,10 x 4,8 3,53 0,5 30 5,0
4,70 x 7,1 5,33 0,8 30 7,0
4,70 x 7,1 5,33 0,6 40 7,0
6,10 x 9,5 7,00 0,9 45 9,0
6,10 x 9,5 7,00 0,7 55 9,0
Tbl. 13 Piston housing
Tbl. 12 Rod housing

Housing Housing
30°
15°
X L
Rounded Rounded
Ø DN
Ø D1 L X

15° 30°
Piston
Rod
Ø dN Ø d1

Fig. 55 Installation in half-open grooves/snap-in fitting


Merkel Forseal FOI

Fig. 56 Installation in half-open grooves/snap-in fitting


Merkel Forseal FOA

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 211


Products| Hydraulics

PRODUCTS
A B marks types to be preferably used with new designs

ROD SEALS PISTON SEALS

Pre-Selection Rod Seals  214 Pre-Selection Piston Seals  292


BB Merkel U-Ring LF 300  220 Merkel U-Ring NA 150  298
Merkel U-Ring NI 150  222 Merkel U-Ring NA 250  300
Merkel U-Ring NI 250  224 BB Merkel U-Ring NA 300  302
BB Merkel U-Ring NI 300  226 Merkel U-Ring NA 400  304
Merkel U-Ring NI 400  228 BB Merkel U-Ring T 18  306
BB Merkel U-Ring T 20  230 BB Merkel U-Ring TM 21  308
Merkel U-Ring T 22  233 BB Merkel U-Ring TMP 21  311
Merkel U-Ring T 23  235 Merkel Compact Seal T 42  313
BB Merkel U-Ring T 24  237 Merkel Compact Seal T 44  316
BB Merkel U-Ring TM 20  239 Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0215  318
Merkel U-Ring TM 23  242 Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0217  321
BB Merkel U-Ring Syprim SM  244 Merkel Omegat OMK-PU  324
Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0214  246 BB Merkel Omegat OMK-E  326
Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0216  249 BB Merkel Omegat OMK-ES  330
BB Merkel U-Ring TMP 20  252 BB Merkel Omegat OMK-MR  333
BB Merkel Omegat OMS-MR  254 BB Merkel Omegat OMK-S  336
BB Merkel Omegat OMS-MR PR  257 Merkel Compact Seal Simko 300  339
BB Merkel Omegat OMS-S  260 Merkel Compact Seal Simko 320 X2  342
BB Merkel Omegat OMS-S PR  262 Merkel Compact Seal Simko 520  344
BB Merkel Compact Seal KI 310  265 Merkel Compact Seal L 27  346
BB Merkel Compact Seal KI 320  267 Merkel Compact Seal L 43  349
Merkel Compact Seal S 8  269 Merkel Compact Seal T 19  351
Merkel Compact Seal TFMI  271 Merkel Compact Seal TFMA  353
Merkel Chevron Seal Set ES, ESV  273 Merkel Complete Piston TDUOH  355
Chevron Seal Set made of PTFE  276 Merkel Cup Packing T with Spring  357
Packing Ring TFW made of PTFE  280 Merkel Cup Packing T without Spring  359
Merkel V-Packings V 1000  282 Merkel Chevron Seal Set EK, EKV  361
Merkel Hat Seal H with Spring  286 Forseal FOA made of PTFE  364
Merkel Hat Seal H without Spring  288
Forseal FOI made of PTFE  290

212 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products | Hydraulics

WIPERS RADIAL AND AXIAL SEALS

Simmerring Radiamatic® EWDR made of PTFE  446


Pre-Selection Wipers  366 Simmerring Radiamatic® HTS II made of PTFE  449
Merkel Wiper AS  370 Simmerring Radiamatic® R 35  451
Merkel Wiper ASOB  372 Simmerring Radiamatic® R 36  453
BB Merkel Wiper AUPS  374 Simmerring Radiamatic® R 37  455
BB Merkel Wiper AUAS  376 Simmerring Radiamatic® R 58  457
BB Merkel Wiper AUAS R  378 Simmerring Radiamatic® R 35 LD  459
Merkel Wiper AUASOB  380 Simmerring Radiamatic® RS 85  461
Merkel Wiper P 6  382 Simmerring Radiamatic® RHS 51  463
BB Merkel Wiper PU 5  384
BB Merkel Wiper PU 6  386
Merkel Wiper PU 7  388 SYMMETRIC SEALS
Merkel Double Wiper P 8  390
Merkel Double Wiper P 9  392 Merkel U-Ring N 1, AUN 1  466
BB Merkel Double Wiper PRW 1 Merkel U-Ring N 100, AUN 100  468
with Integrated Pressure Relief  394
BB Merkel Double Wiper PT 1  396
STATIC SEALS
BB Merkel Double Wiper PT 2  398
BB Merkel Double Wiper PU 11  400 BB Merkel Cover Seal PU 82  470
BB Merkel Cover Seal PU 83  472
GUIDES BB Merkel Stircomatic SRC  474
ISC O-Ring  475

Pre-Selection Guides  402


Merkel Guide Ring EKF  406 FITTING TOOLS AS MOUNTING AUXILIARIES
BB Merkel Guide Ring FRA  408
 477
BB Merkel Guide Ring KB  410
BB Merkel Guide Ring Guivex KBK  412
BB Merkel Guide Strip KF  415
BB Merkel Guide Ring FRI  419
BB Merkel Guide Ring Guivex SBK  421
BB Merkel Guide Ring SB  424
BB Merkel Guide Strip SF  426

PROFILES FOR OSCILLATING APPLICATIONS

 429

Pre-Selection Other Seals  434

SEALS FOR SWIVELLING MOVEMENT

BB Merkel Rotomatic M 15  438


BB Merkel Rotomatic M 16  440
Merkel Rotomatic M 17  442
Merkel Rotomatic M 19  444

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 213


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

PRE-SELECTION HYDRAULICS – ROD SEALS

Temperature figures refer to mineral oils. Due to the large choice of media with different and varying additives,
which is not always easily comprehensible, the above operating limits are only recommended values. We recom-
mend testing resistance in the specific case.
Individual instances of the operating limits stated may be exceeded taking into account the related operating condi-
tions. With a long duty cycle, stop-start operation or other difficult operating conditions it is recommended that these
values are not simultaneously exploited to the full.

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Omegat OMS-MR

O-ring
For high requirements in
PTFE bronze NBR sealing systems, low friction,
PTFE profile ring PTFE bronze FKM based on 7425/2 free of stick-slip, high temper-
PTFE glass NBR ature r­ esistance/ high heat
­dissipation ability.

Omegat OMS-S

Elastomer profile ring Very high resistance to pres-


sure, ­specifically for heavy duty
hydraulic a­ pplications, low
PTFE profile ring
PTFE glass NBR friction, free of stick-slip, high
contact pressure and design
which prevents twisting through
­elastomer profile ring.

Omegat OMS-MR PR

Patented pressure relief for high


O-ring
­reliability, for high requirements
PTFE bronze NBR
in sealing systems, low friction,
Pressure relief boring PTFE bronze FKM based on 7425/2
free of stick-slip, high tempera-
PTFE profile ring PTFE glass NBR
ture resistance/heat dissipation
ability.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

214 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B E B B 40 5 –30 … +100

B E B B 40 5 –30 … +100

B E B E 40 5 –30 … +100

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 215


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Omegat OMS-S PR
Patented pressure relief for
Elastomer profile ring high r­ eliability, specifically
for heavy duty hydraulic ap-
Pressure relief boring PTFE bronze NBR
plications, low friction, free
PTFE profile ring PTFE glass NBR
of stick-slip, high temperature
Supporting skid ­resistance/heat dissipation
ability.

T 20

PUR profile ring

Optimal price/performance
95 AU V142 5597/1
Asymmetrical sealing lip ratio.

T 24
Very good static and dynamic
tightness, specifically for tel-
95 AU V142
escopic cylinders and for radi-
ally narrow housings.

TM 20

PU profile ring
Very good static and dynamic
tightness, low breakaway
Asymmetrical sealing lips 95 AU V142
force, specifically for special
sizes.

TMP 20

PUR profile ring

High tightness, specifically for


95 AU V167
­pneumatic applications.
Asymmetrical sealing lip

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

216 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B E B E 40 5 –30 … +100

B E B E B 40 0,5 … 0,8* –30 … +110

B E B E B 40 0,5 –30 … +110

B E B E B 40 0,5 –30 … +110

B E B E B 2 1,5 –10 … +80

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 217


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Syprim SM

PUR profile ring


Standard buffer seal in sealing
95 AU V142/POM based on 5597/1
Back-up ring systems.

LF 300

PU profile ring Low friction, optimised with


Grooved regards to stick-slip behaviour,
contact surface 94 AU 925 5597/1 optimised with regards to
Asymmetrical
sealing lips
hydrodynamic deformation
value.

NI 300

Asymmetrical sealing lips

PUR profile ring


Additional protection against
94 AU 925 5597/1
Sealing edge dirt intrusion.

KI 310

PU profile ring
For narrow housings, high seal-
94 AU 925 5597/1
Sealing lips ing effect at low pressures.

KI 320

PU profile ring

Back-up rings For high pressures and


94 AU 925/POM 5597/1
Support edge large gap widths.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

218 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B E B E 40 0,5 –30 … +110

B E B E B 32 0,6 … 0,8* –30 … +110

B E B E B 40 0,5 –30 … +110

B E B E B 40 0,5 –30 … +110

B E B E B 50 0,5 –30 … +110

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 219


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING LF 300

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

PU profile ring Single-acting rod seal for standardised housings,


amongst others, according to ISO 5597
Grooved
contact surface • Very good static and dynamic tightness
Asymmetrical • Low friction, smooth movement even at low running
speeds, dynamic deformation value
sealing lips • Use as an individual seal or secondary seal in
sealing systems possible.

APPLICATION
Merkel U-Ring LF 300
Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, in-
jection moulding machines, industrial vehicles, cranes,
loading platforms.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, inner lip set


back, grooved contact surface on the inside diameter
as well as press fit at the outside diameter.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

Polyurethane 92 AU 21100 92 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925 92 AU 21100

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110 –40 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40 –40 … +40

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +40 +5 … +40

220 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Material 94 AU 925 92 AU 21100

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60 –40 … +60

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –40 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40 –40 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +110 –40 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 32 32

Running speed v in m/s 0,6 0,6

If the U-ring LF 300 is used as a secondary seal, running speeds up to 0,8 m/s can be allowed.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa

4,0 … 5,0 0,50 0,40 0,35

>5,0 … 7,5 0,55 0,45 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤180 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 221


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING NI 150

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR 878


NBR profile ring Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


Asymmetrical
HFA fluids +5 … +60
sealing lips
HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90
Merkel U-Ring NI 150
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Mineral greases –30 … +100

Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile of the sealing Pressure p in MPa 10

lips. Running speed v in m/s 0,5

* max. pressure depends on the profile.

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Surface quality
Single-acting rod seal, for applications such as standar- Surface
Ra Rmax
dised housings according to ISO 5597; preferably for roughness
spare parts requirements.
Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

APPLICATION Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth


Earth moving equipment, mobile hydraulics, agricultural
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.
machinery.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber 80 NBR 878 80 Shore A

222 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

2,5 MPa 5 MPa 7,5 MPa 10 MPa

≤5 0,45 0,30 0,25 0,20

>5 0,50 0,35 0,30 0,25

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤180 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 223


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING NI 250

Back-up ring

Material Code
NBR profile ring
Polyacetal POM 992020
POM back-up ring
Asymmetrical sealing lips
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR 878/POM

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


Merkel U-Ring NI 250 HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile of the sealing
lips and back-up ring as a gap sealing component. HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Mineral greases –30 … +100

Single-acting rod seal for medium loads, predominantly Pressure p in MPa 25


for spare parts requirements. Running speed v in m/s 0,5

APPLICATION Surface quality

Surface
Special cylinders, earth moving equipment, excavators, Ra Rmax
roughness
forestry equipment.
Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm


MATERIAL Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Sealing component Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.
Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber
80 NBR 878 80 Shore A
NBR

224 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

7,5 MPa 10 MPa 25 MPa

≤80 0,95 0,80 0,60

>80 1,00 0,85 0,65

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤120 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 225


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING NI 300

MATERIAL
Asymmetrical sealing lips
Material Code Härte
PUR profile ring Polyurethan 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

Sealing edge
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110


Merkel U-Ring NI 300
HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFD fluids –
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, inner lip set Water +5 … +40
back, additional support edge and sealing edge as
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
well as press fit at the outside diameter.
HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +60

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Mineral greases –30 … +110

Pressure p in MPa 40
Single-acting rod seal for standardised housings,
amongst others, according to ISO 5597 Running speed v in m/s 0,5
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• Additional sealing edge, prevents i­ngress of dirt to Surface quality
a large degree
• Recommended for use in combination with single- Surface
Ra Rmax
acting wipers. roughness

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm


APPLICATION
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm
Earth moving equipment, support cylinders, cranes,
Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth
presses. c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

226 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

4,0 … 5,0 0,50 0,40 0,35 0,30

>5,0 … 7,5 0,55 0,45 0,40 0,35

>7,5 … 12,5 0,66 0,50 0,45 0,40

>12,5 0,60 0,55 0,50 0,45

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

4 … 260 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 227


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING NI 400

Back-up ring

NBR profile ring Material Code

Polyacetal POM 992020


POM back-up ring

Fabric
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR 878/POM

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


Merkel U-Ring NI 400 HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile of the sealing
lips, fabric reinforcement on the dynamic sealing side HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80
and back-up ring as a gap sealing component. HEES (synthetic ester) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40
Single-acting rod seal for medium loads, predominantly Running speed v in m/s 0,5
for spare parts requirements.

Surface quality
APPLICATION
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness
Heavy duty earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles,
Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm
presses, control and regulation equipment.
Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm


MATERIAL
Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.
Sealing component

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber
80 NBR 878 80 Shore A
NBR

228 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

≤80 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,35

>80 0,65 0,55 0,45 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤360 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 229


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING T 20

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
PUR profile ring
Single-acting rod seal for standardised housings,
amongst others, according to ISO 5597; very suitable
as a secondary seal within a sealing system
• Good media resistance
Asymmetrical sealing lip • Wide operating temperature range
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• Low breakaway force (in comparison to compact
seals or U-rings with s­ econdary sealing edge in cor-
responding material)
• Dynamic deformation value.
Merkel U-Ring T 20

APPLICATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, injec-


tion moulding machines, support cylinders, cranes, loa-
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, inner lip set ding platforms, fork-lift trucks, standard cylinders.
back and press fit at the outside diameter.

MATERIAL

Ø range <500 mm

Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A Blue

Ø range >500 mm

Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 93 AU V167 93 Shore A Red

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V142/93 AU V167

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

230 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Material 95 AU V142/93 AU V167

Temperature range in °C

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5*

* If a Merkel U-Ring T 20 is used as a secondary seal, higher running speeds may be permitted.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Max. permissible gap dimension


Profile
16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

<5,0 0,45 0,4 0,35 –

>5,0 … 7,5 0,50 0,45 0,4 0,35

>7,5 … 12,5 0,55 0,5 0,45 0,4

15,0 0,60 0,55 0,45 0,4

The dimensions D1 and DF are to be viewed in connection with the guide elements used.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 231


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing D2.

For non-metallic guide profile ≤7,5

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Nominal
Nominal Ø d d D Nominal Ø d d D d D d D
Ød Ød

8 … 200 f8 H11 8 … 200 f8 H11 8 … 110 f8 H11 8 … 110 f8 H11

>110 … 200 f7 H11 >110 … 200 f7 H11

For non-metallic guide profile ≥7,5 <12,5

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal
d D Nominal Ø d d D Nominal Ø d d D Nominal Ø d d D
Ød

≤380 f8 H10 ≤220 f8 H10 ≤170 f8 H10 ≤180 f8 H10

>380 … 590 f7 H10 >220 … 900 f7 H10 >180 … 950 f7 H10

For non-metallic guide profile ≥12,5 <15

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal
Nominal Ø d d D d D Nominal Ø d d D Nominal Ø d d D
Ød

≤1000 f8 H10 ≤310 f8 H10 ≤1000 f8 H10 ≤1200 f7 H10

>310 … 1000 f7 H10

For non-metallic guide profile ≥15 <25

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal
Nominal Ø d d D d D Nominal Ø d d D Nominal Ø d d D
Ød

≤1200 f8 H10 ≤400 f8 H10 ≤1200 f7 H10 ≤1200 f7 H10

>400 … 1200 f7 H10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

232 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING T 22

APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, support cylinders, marine


hydraulics, mobile hydraulics. We recommend more
modern series for new designs.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Novathan
95 AU V142 95 Shore A
(polyurethane)
Merkel U-Ring T 22

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material 95 AU V142

Merkel polyurethane U-ring with asymmetrical profile, Temperature range in °C


shortened inner lip and second support edge and Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110
sealing edge as well as press fit at the outside diameter.
HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –
Single-acting rod seal, also for standardised housings
according to ISO 5597 Water +5 … +50
• Highly wear-resistant HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
• Good media resistance HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80
• Wide operating temperature range
• Very good static and dynamic tightness HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
• (Note: low deformation value, therefore not suitable Mineral greases –30 … +110
for sealing systems).
Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 233


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

8 … 13 5,0 0,50 0,40 0,35 –

11 … 13 7,5 0,55 0,45 0,40 0,35

11 … 16 10,0 0,60 0,50 0,45 0,40

≥16 12,5 0,60 0,50 0,45 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

15 … 160 f8 H10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

234 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING T 23

MATERIAL
PUR profile ring
Material Code Hardness

POM back-up ring Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A

Asymmetrical sealing lip


Material Code

Polyacetal POM PO202

OPERATING CONDITIONS
Merkel U-Ring T 23
Material 95 AU V142/POM PO202

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFA fluids +5 … +50
Two-piece Merkel seal set with shortened inner lip and HFB fluids +5 … +50
active back-up ring with press fit at the outside diameter.
HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Water +5 … +50

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60


The Merkel U-Ring T 23 is mainly used with high
pressures and is designed for housings according HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80

to ISO 5597 HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50


• Bridges large gaps even with high pressures Mineral greases –30 … +110
• Wide operating temperature range
Pressure p in MPa 50
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• High resistance to wear. Running speed v in m/s 0,1

Surface quality
APPLICATION
Surface
Ra Rmax
Earth moving equipment, steel hydraulics engineering, roughness
heavy-duty mobile hydraulics, marine hydraulics, Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm
­support cylinders, scrap cutters.
Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth


c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 235


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the
­non-pressurised side of the seal.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2. Dimensions D1 and DF must be considered in connection with the guide element used.

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D Profile D d X2 D d X2 D d X2 D d X2

7,5 … 8,5
… 180 H10 f8 0,8 H10 f8 0,7 H10 f8 0,50 H10 f8 0,4
(BR 3,5)

7,5 … 15,0
>180 … 310 H10 f8 1,2 H10 f8 1,0 H10 f8 0,65 H10 f8 0,5
(BR 5,0)

12,5 … 15,0
>310 … 400 H10 f8 1,8 H10 f8 1,4 H10 f8 0,90 H10 f8 0,7
(BR 7,5)

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal. Dimensions listed in the table of dimensions with
"h" can be fitted by hand into plunge-cut grooves. Articles identified with "w" can be easily fitted into plunge-cut
grooves with a fitting tool. We will be pleased to supply a design drawing for this on enquiry.

236 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING T 24

APPLICATION

Telescopic cylinders.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Novathan
95 AU V142 95 Shore A
(polyurethane)

Merkel U-Ring T 24

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Material 95 AU V142

Temperature range in °C
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, inner lip set
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110
back, additional support edge and sealing edge and
press fit at the outside diameter. HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFD fluids –
Single-acting rod seal especially for telescopic cylinders Water +5 … +50
and radially restricted housings
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• Additional sealing edge prevents ingress of dirt to a HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80
large degree HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
• (Note: low dynamic deformation value, therefore not Mineral greases –30 … +110
suitable for sealing systems).
Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 237


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa

4 0,50 0,40 0,35

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa

Nominal Ø d d D d D d D

45 … 171 f8 H8 f8 H8 f8 H8

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

238 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING TM 20

• Very good static and dynamic tightness


• Use as an individual seal or as a secondary seal in
PU profile ring sealing systems possible
• Large range of dimensions
• No moulding tools.
Asymmetrical sealing lips
APPLICATION

Injection moulding machines, presses, heavy machinery


manufacture, large cylinders.

Merkel U-Ring TM 20
MATERIAL

Ø range <500
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A Blue


Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, inner lip set
back and press fit at the outside diameter.
Ø range >500

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 93 AU V168 93 Shore A Red


Single-acting rod seal for hydraulic c­ ylinders. With new
production technology even special sizes can be manuf-
actured quickly and flexibly
• Good media resistance
• Wide operating temperature range

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V142 93 AU V168

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110 –25 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +40 –25 … +40

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +50 +5 … +60

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 239


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Material 95 AU V142 93 AU V168

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60 –25 … +60

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –25 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50 –25 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110 –25 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5*

* If TM 20 is fitted in a sealing system as a secondary seal, higher running speeds can be allowed.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


D2 "System" is based on the use of Merkel TM 20 as a secondary seal in a sealing system. The specified D2 dimen-
sions are based on the use of Merkel fabric-base laminate guide ring SB or metal guide. They provide high security
against gap extrusion and also metal tarnish. If the stated operating parameters range is not fully exploited or only
for a short period, larger D2 dimensions may be selected. With high lateral forces or high deflection we recom-
mend a metal guide.

Housing recommendations for new designs


Merkel U-Ring TM 20 primary seal

d D L C

>320 … 600 d + 30 25 11

>320 … 720 d + 40 32 12

>720 … 2000 d + 40 40 16

Merkel U-Ring TM 20 secondary seal in the sealing system

d D L C

>320 … 650 d + 20 16 8

>650 … 950 d + 25 20 10

>950 … 2000 d + 30 25 11

240 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Tolerance recommendation for SB Guide Ring

<10 MPa

Nominal Ø d S DF d D2

≤190 ≤15 H8 f8 H10

>190 … 320 ≤15 H7 f8 H9

>320 … 600 15 H7 f8 H8

>320 … 720 20 H8 f8 H8

>720 … 2000 ≥25 H8 f8 H8

<25 MPa

Nominal Ø d S DF d D2

>105 … 320 ≤15 H7 f8 H8

>320 … 600 15 H6 f7 H7

>320 … 720 20 H7 f7 H7

>720 …2000 ≥25 +0,05 f7 H7

<40 MPa

Nominal Ø d S DF d D2

>85 … 320 ≤15 H6 f7 H7

>320 … 600 15 H6 f6 H7

>320 … 720 20 H6 f7 H6

>720 … 2000 ≥25 +0,05 f6 H6

System

Nominal Ø d DF** d** D2

<320 – – H11

>320 – – +0,4

* Profiles in accordance with "housing recommendations for new designs"


** Use fit or tolerance level of primary seal

Lead-in chamfers
Dimension C.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The rod seals can be fitted into plunge-cut grooves by hand or with a fitting tool. In the case of different housings,
e.g. in old plant, please ask our advisory service.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 241


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING TM 23

MATERIAL

PUR profile ring Material Code Hardness

Novathan 95 AU V157/ 95 Shore A/93


Back-up ring (polyurethane) 93 AU V167 Shore A

Additional sealing,
support edge
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V157/ 93 AU V167

Temperature range in °C
Merkel U-Ring TM 23 HFA fluids/water +5 … +60

Pressure p in MPa 50

Running speed v in m/s <0,1*


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Surface quality
The Merkel U-Ring TM 23 is specially designed for
sealing the piston rods of plungers, pushers and subsi- Surface
Ra Rmax
diary cylinders in self-advancing support systems. roughness

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm
To meet the requirements of a higher radial deflection
Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth
and larger gap bridging, the Merkel U-Ring TM 23 c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.
has been fitted with an increased pre-load and active
back-up ring. The second sealing edge provides extra Recommended profile
protection against the ingress of dirt particles.
• Good media resistance d S L
• Very good static and dynamic tightness <60 6,0 9,6
• Large range of dimensions 60 … 120 7,5 12,5
• Bridges large gaps
• Highly wear-resistant. 120 … 200 10,0 16,0

200 … 300 12,5 20,0

>300 15,0 22,0


APPLICATION
Other dimensions are possible. Please ask.
Mining.

242 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.
Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 50 MPa

12,5 7,5 0,8 0,7 0,50 0,4

>12,5 … 16 >7,5 … 10,0 1,2 1,0 0,65 0,5

>16 >10,0 1,8 1,4 0,90 0,7

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤350 f7 H10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The U-rings can be fitted into plunge-cut grooves by hand or with a fitting tool. We will be pleased to send you a
design drawing for this on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 243


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING SYPRIM SM

MATERIAL

PUR profile ring


PUR profile ring
Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A


Back-up ring
Back-up ring

Material Code

Polyacetal POM PO202

Merkel U-Ring Syprim SM

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Material 95 AU V142/POM PO202

Temperature range in °C
Two-piece Merkel seal set for use as a primary rod
seal. The Merkel Syprim SM seal set is always used in Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

a sealing system in combination with U-ring HFA fluids +5 … +50


(e.g. Merkel U-Ring T 20). HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50
The Merkel U-Ring Syprim SM is designed especially
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
for use as a system seal
• Short primary seal HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80
• No pressure enclosed between primary and se- HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
condary seal
Mineral greases –40 … +110
• Low friction
• Highly wear-resistant Pressure p in MPa 40

• Protection against extrusion through activated back- Running speed v in m/s 0,5
up ring.

APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, in-


jection moulding machines, industrial vehicles, cranes,
standard cylinders.

244 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

6,3 7,55 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,4

8,1 10,25 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,5

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

45 … 80 f8 H9

>80 … 200 f8 H8

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 245


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING SEAL SET 0214

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting rod seal for use in hydraulics and


NBR U-ring pneumatics
• Low friction due to fabric reinforcement
Back-up ring • Large range of dimensions
• Protection against extrusion through activated
Fabric back-up ring
• Low deformation value (not suitable for sealing
systems)
• Easily installed in non-axial housings
• From 100 mm diameter.
Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0214

APPLICATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Injection moulding machines, iron and steel technology,


presses, special cylinders, marine hydraulics, steel
Two-piece Merkel seal set comprising an elastomer ­hydraulics engineering, scrap cutters.
U-ring with an elastomer sealing edge, fabric reinforce-
ment on the contact area and an active back-up ring.

MATERIAL

U-Ring

Material Code

NBR 80 NBR B246

Cotton fabric BI-NBR B4 B248

Back-up ring

D Material Code

<300 mm Polyacetal POM POM PO202

>300 mm Polyamide PA 6.G200

Other materials like PTFE bronze back-up ring on enquiry.

246 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B4B248/ 80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B4B248/


Material
POM PO202 PA 6.G200

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa Hydraulic 25 or 40*

Pressure p in MPa Pneumatic 5

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

* max. pressure depends on the profile.

For Merkel U-Ring Seal Sets 0214, if long strokes are traversed, the max. pressure should only be applied to the
last part of the stroke (closing pressure); during the stroke max. 16 MPa.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 247


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension X2
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

D d X2 D d X2 D d X2 D d X2

<15 H10 f7 1,2 H10 f7 1,0 H10 f7 0,65 H10 f7 0,5

>15 H10 f7 1,8 H10 f7 1,4 H10 f7 0,9 H10 f7 0,7

The dimensions D1 and DF are to be viewed in connection with the sealing component used.

Tolerance recommendation
The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

248 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING SEAL SET 0216

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

NBR U-ring Single-acting rod seal for use in hydraulics and


pneumatics
Backring • Low friction due to fabric part
• Large range of dimensionse
Fabric • Protection against extrusion through activated
back-up ring
• Low deformation value (not suitable for sealing
systems)
• Easily installed in non-axial housings
• From 100 mm diameter.
Merkel U-Rring Seal Set 0216

APPLICATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Pneumatic applications.

Two-piece Merkel seal set comprising an elastomer


U-ring with an elastomer sealing edge, fabric reinforce-
ment on the contact area and an active back-up ring.
Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0216 can also be used for
pneumatic applications.

MATERIAL

U-Ring

Material Code

NBR 80 NBR B246

Cotton fabric BI-NBR B4 B248

Back-up ring

D Material Code

<300 mm Polyacetal POM POM PO202

>300 mm Polyamide PA 6.G200

Other materials like PTFE bronze back-up ring on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 249


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B4B248/ 80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B4B248/


Material
POM PO202 PA 6.G200

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa Hydraulic 25 oder 40*

Pressure p in MPa Pneumatic 5

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

* max. pressure depends on the profile

For Merkel U-Ring Seal Sets 0216, if long strokes are traversed, the max. pressure should only be applied to the
last part of the stroke (closing pressure); during the stroke max. 16 MPa.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

250 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension X2
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

D d X2 D d X2 D d X2 D d X2

<15 H10 f7 1,2 H10 f7 1,0 H10 f7 0,65 H10 f7 0,5

>15 H10 f7 1,8 H10 f7 1,4 H10 f7 0,9 H10 f7 0,7

The dimensions D1 and DF are to be viewed in connection with the sealing component used.

Tolerance recommendation
The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 251


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL U-RING TMP 20

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

PUR profile ring Rod seal for heavy-duty pneumatic stresses and strains
and high operating requirements. New production
technology allows special sizes to be manufactured
quickly and flexibly. The Merkel U-rings are designed
for pressure on one side
Asymmetrical sealing lip
• High tightness
• Suitable for dry air
• Large range of dimensions
• No mould tools required.

Merkel U-Ring TMP 20


APPLICATION

Presses, large cylinders.


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Single-acting rod seal made of abrasion-resistant poly-


urethane.

MATERIAL

Ø range <500 mm
Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 93 AU V167 93 Shore A Red

Ø range 500 mm
Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 93 AU V168 93 Shore A Red

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 93 AU V167/93 AU V168

Temperature range in °C

HFA fluids/water —10 … +80

Pressure p in MPa 2*

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

* short version <1,2 MPa

252 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality
Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches
and blow-holes must be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Housing recommendations for new designs

d D L C

>50 … 200 d + 20 16 8,5

>100 … 320 d + 25 20 10,0

>150 … 630 d + 30 24 11,5

>400 … 800 d + 40 32 12,5

>800 … 1200 d + 50 40 16,0

>1000 … 2000 d + 60 48 18,0

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The rod seals can be inserted into plunge-cut grooves by hand or with a fitting tool. In the case of different housings,
such as in old plant, please ask our advisory service. For optimum running-in and operation behaviour the U-rings
should be lightly oiled or greased prior to use (initial lubrication).

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 253


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMS‑MR

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
O-ring
Rod seal used in particular in a sealing system
• Very high resistance to pressure
PTFE profile ring • Good thermal conductivity
• Very good extrusion resistance
• High resistance to abrasion
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.

APPLICATION

Industrial vehicles, handling equipment, agricultural ma-


Merkel Omegat OMS-MR
chinery, cranes, injection moulding machines, presses,
marine hydraulics, control and regulation equipment,
mills.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Two-piece Merkel seal set made of PTFE profile ring


with one O-ring as a pre-load component.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

PTFE glass/MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

O‑ring

Material Code Hardness

NBR 70 NBR B276 70 Shore A

FKM 70 FKM K655 70 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE GM201/NBR PTFE B602/70 FKM K655 PTFE B602/70 NBR B276

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –10 … +200 –30 … +100

254 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Material PTFE GM201/NBR PTFE B602/70 FKM K655 PTFE B602/70 NBR B276

Temperature range in °C

HFA fluids +5 … +60 – –

HFB fluids +5 … +60 – –

HFC fluids –30 … +60 – –

HFD fluids – –10 … +200 –

Water +5 … +100 – –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –10 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –10 … +100 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –10 … +80 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –10 … +200 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

2,2 2,45 0,35 0,30 – –

3,2 3,65 0,40 0,35 – –

4,2 5,35 0,50 0,40 0,30 –

6,3 7,55 0,55 0,45 0,35 0,30

8,1 10,25 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,40

8,1 12,00 0,70 0,60 0,55 0,50

9,5 13,65 0,75 0,65 0,60 0,55

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 255


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø d d D d D d D d D

≤ 80 f8 H9 f8 H9 f7 H9 f7 H7

>80 … 500 f8 H8 f8 H8 f7 H8 f7 H8

>500 … 1450 f8 H8 f7 H8 f7 H8 f7 H8

The dimensions D1 and DF are to be viewed in connection with the guide elements used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

256 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMS-MR PR

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

O-ring • Can be exchanged with operating environments


of the Merkel Omegat OMS-MR Series. Increased
operating reliability of sealing systems with deman-
Pressure relief boring ding operating parameters (no continuously pressure
build-up in gap area)
PTFE profile ring • Extended service life of sealing systems by long-term
stability (reduced loading of the sealing system by
minimised friction and wear).

APPLICATION
Merkel Omegat OMS-MR PR

• Primary seal in a sealing system - longer stroke


(greater than 400 mm)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • High stroke speed when piston rod extends (greater
than 0,5 m/s)
Two-component Merkel seal set for sealing piston rods, • High speed differences depending on the direction
consisting of one PTFE profile ring with integrated of movement (V out greater than 8xV in)
pressure-relief function and an elastomer ring as pre- • Fast pressure drop in main area
load component. Patented product design (patent no.: • Large diameter (greater than 310 mm).
DE 10117662 CI). Injection moulding machines, mills, agricultural machin-
ery, presses, earth moving equipment, large cylinders,
industrial vehicles, cranes, control and regulation equip-
ment, marine hydraulics.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code Colour

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602 Brown

PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201 Grey

PTFE carbon fibre compound PTFE C104 Dark grey

O-ring

Material Code

Nitrile rubber NBR

Other combinations of materials are available on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 257


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE GM201/NBR
Material PTFE B602/NBR
PTFE C104/NBR

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids – +5 … +60

HFB fluids – +5 … +60

HFC fluids – –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water – +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

The specified values are maximum values and must not be applied simultaneously.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

Gap dimension
The dimension D2 is determined under load with reference to the maximum permissible extrusion gap, the tolerance
levels, the guide play and the compressive deflection of the guide. The maximum permissible extrusion gap with
one-sided position of the piston rod is primarily determined by the maximum operating pressure and the temperatu-
re-dependent form stability of the sealing material.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

4,2 5,35 0,50 0,40 0,30 –

6,3 7,55 0,55 0,45 0,35 0,30

8,1 10,25 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,40

8,1 12,00 0,70 0,60 0,55 0,50

9,5 13,65 0,75 0,65 0,60 0,55

258 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

8,1 12,00 0,70 0,60 0,55 0,50

9,5 13,65 0,75 0,65 0,60 0,55

At an operating temperature above 90°C and simultaneously applied operating pressure above 26 MPa we
­recommend the use of the material compounds PTFE B602 and PTFE C104.

MODE OF OPERATION

The Omegat OMS-MR PR has an integrated pressure-relief function. Once the gap pressure pz is greater than the
pressure in the main area pH (e.g. caused by poor speed conditions during extension and retraction) the seal is
reliably relieved. The sealing function of the Omegat OMS‑MR PR is similar to the tried-and-trusted Omegat seals.

Position in the operating environment FITTING & INSTALLATION


pz < pH
Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function
of the seal.

Position in the operating environment during


pressure relief

pz = pressure in the gap area; pH= pressure in the main area

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 259


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMS-S

MATERIAL
Elastomer profile ring
PTFE profile ring

Material Code
PTFE profile ring
PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

Elastomer profile ring

Werkstoff Bezeichnung Härte

Nitrile rubber
80 NBR B246 80 Shore A
NBR
Merkel Omegat OMS-S

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material PTFE GM201/NBR
Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing p­ iston rods, consi- Temperature range in °C
sting of a profile ring with an elastomer profile ring as a
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100
pre-load component.
HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFC fluids –30 … +60

Merkel Omegat OMS-S is designed especially for HFD fluids –


­larger diameters and heavy duty hydraulic applications Water +5 … +100
• Very high resistance to pressure HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80
• Very good extrusion resistance
HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80
• Design prevents twisting
• High contact pressure due to e­ lastomer profile ring HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60
• High resistance to abrasion Mineral greases –30 … +100
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.
Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5


APPLICATION

Injection moulding machines, steel hydraulics enginee-


ring, marine hydraulics, mills, presses, manipulators,
large cylinders.

260 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal. The permissible value is determine by the pressure as well as the profile width and
profile height.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

10,0 10,0 0,75 0,50 0,40 0,40

12,5 12,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

15,0 15,0 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

17,5 17,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

20,0 20,0 0,80 0,70 0,60 0,55

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and compressive deflection of the guide under load must be
­considered in the design of D2.

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø d d D d D d D d D

50 … 200 f8 H8 f8 H8 f7 H8 f7 H8

>200 … 300 f8 H8 f8 H8 f8 H8 f8 H8

>300 … 530 f8 H8 f8 H8 f8 H8 f7 H8

>530 … 1150 f8 H8 f8 H8 f7 H8 f8 H8

FITTING & INSTALLATION

When fitting the Omegat OMS-S the elastomer profile ring is first placed in the housing groove, then the profile ring
is deformed to a kidney shape and sprung into place.
During this process it is to be ensured no sharp kinks are produced in the PTFE profile ring and that the sealing edge
is correctly arranged in relation to the direction of the pressure. The entire fitting operation is only allowed to be
performed over rounded edges.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 261


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMS-S PR

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Elastomer profile ring • Replaceable for operating environments of the Merkel


Omegat OMS-S series
Pressure relief boring • Increased reliability of sealing systems under
­ emanding operating parameters (no continuous
d
PTFE profile ring
pressure build-up in gap area)
• Extended service life of sealing systems by long-term
Supporting skid stability (reduced loading of the sealing system by
minimised friction and wear).

APPLICATION
Merkel Omegat OMS-S PR

• Primary seal in one sealing system


• Long stroke (>400 mm)
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • High stroke speed when piston rod extends
(>0,5 m/s)
Two-component Merkel seal set for sealing piston rods, • High speed differences depending on the direction
consisting of one PTFE profile ring with integrated of movement (vout > 8 × vin)
pressure-­relief function and skid with an elastomer profi- • Fast pressure drop in main area
le ring as pre-load component. Patented product design • Large diameter (>310 mm).
(patent no.: DE 10117662 CI). Injection moulding machines, mills, earth moving
equipment, presses, steel hydraulics engineering, large
cylinders.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code Colour

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602 Brown

PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201 Grey

PTFE carbon fibre compound PTFE C104 Dark grey

Elastomer profile ring

Material Code

Nitrile rubber NBR

Other materials are available on enquiry.

262 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE GM201/NBR
Material PTFE B602/NBR
PTFE C104/NBR

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids – +5 … +60

HFB fluids – +5 … +60

HFC fluids – –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water – +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

The specified values are maximum values and must not be applied simultaneously.

Surface quality DESIGN NOTES

Surface
Ra Rmax Please observe our general design notes.
roughness

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm Sliding surfaces


Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm
Characteristic value Limit position
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm
Ra >0,05 mm … 0,30 mm
Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth Rmax <2,50 mm
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.
Rpkx <0,50 mm

Surface quality Rpk <0,50 mm


The long-term behaviour of the sealed component as Rk >0,25 mm … 0,70 mm
well as the security against early failures are primarily
Rvk >0,20 mm … 0,65 mm
determined by the quality of the counter-acting surface.
This means that the surface must be precisely described Rvkx >0,20 mm … 2,00 mm
and evaluated. Based on current knowledge we recom- The limit values listed in the table are not currently appli-
mend supplementing the above definition of the surface cable for ceramic or partial ceramic counter-surfaces.
quality of the sliding surface with the quantities in the
following table. The previous general description of the Tolerances
material component is significantly improved with the
new quantities from the material component, particular- D
ly with reference to the abrasiveness of the surface. H7

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 263


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Gap dimension
Dimension D2 is determined with reference to the maximum permissible extrusion clearance, tolerances, guide play
and compressive deflection of the guide under load. The maximum permissible extrusion gap with single position
of the piston rod is primarily determined by the maximum operating pressure and the temperature-dependent form
stability of the sealing material.
Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

12,5 12,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

15,0 15,0 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

17,5 17,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

20,0 20,0 0,80 0,70 0,60 0,55

At an operating temperature above 90°C and simultaneously applied operating pressure above 26 MPa we
­recommend the use of the material compounds PTFE B602 and PTFE C104.

MODE OF OPERATION

The Omegat OMS-S PR has a defined pressure-relief function. Once the gap pressure pz becomes greater than the
pressure in the main area pH the seal reliably relieves the seal.

Position in operating environment Position in operating environment during


pz < pH pressure relief

pz = pressure in gap area; pH= pressure in main area

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function


of the seal.

264 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL KI 310

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting rod seal for standardised housings,


PU profile ring amongst others, according to ISO 5597
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• Compact compression, higher s­ urface roughness in
Sealing lips the groove base is p
­ ermitted
• Designed for radially restricted housings.

APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, industrial v­ ehicles, agricultural


Merkel Compact Seal KI 310
machinery, cranes, injection moulding machines, tele-
scopic cylinders, steering cylinders, loading platforms.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
MATERIAL
Merkel compact seal with asymmetrical profile and
press fit at the outside diameter. Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +40

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 265


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm

Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

≤4,0 0,45 0,35 0,30 0,25

>4,0 … 6,0 0,50 0,40 0,35 0,30

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

0 … 145 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

266 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL KI 320

APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, cranes, tele­s­copic cylinders,


PU profile ring
support cylinders, presses.
Back-up rings
Support edge MATERIAL

Sealing ring

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

Merkel Compact Seal KI 320


Back-up ring

Material Code
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Polyacetal POM 992020

Merkel compact seal with integrated back-up ring,


additional support edge and sealing edge, components
for axial fixing in the housing and press fit at the outside OPERATING CONDITIONS
diameter.
Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

Single-acting rod seal for heavy duty a


­ pplications, HFA fluids +5 … +50
dimensions for standardised housings, amongst others, HFB fluids +5 … +50
according to ISO 5597
HFC fluids –30 … +40
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• High pressures and larger gap widths permissible HFD fluids –
• Compact compression, higher surface roughness in Water +5 … +40
the groove base possible
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
• Additional sealing edge prevents i­ngress of dirt to
a large degree HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +60
• Low deformation value, use in combination with HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40
­single-acting wipers re­commended.
Mineral greases –30 … +110

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 267


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10 µm

Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 50 MPa

≤80 0,60 0,535 0,45 0,35

>80 0,65 0,600 0,60 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

40 … 140 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

268 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL S 8

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness


Rubber head Nitrile rubber
70 NBR B209 70 Shore A
NBR
Fabric part

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 70 NBR B209

Temperature range in °C
Merkel Compact Seal S 8 Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –
Single-piece rod seal with a rubber head set in the
fabric part. Water +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60
Compact rod seal, also for standardised housings Mineral greases –30 … +100
­according to ISO 5597
Pressure p in MPa 25
• Easy to fit
• Excellent sealing effect also in the lower pressure Running speed v in m/s 0,5
range
• Low friction due to the fabric part. Surface quality

Surface
Ra Rmax
APPLICATION roughness

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm


Standard cylinders, telescopic cylinders, machine tools, Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm
spindle seals.
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth


c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 269


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal. In the case of larger gap dimensions than specified in the table full-surface back-up ring
of plastic should be used behind the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 25 MPa

≤6 0,2 0,1

>6 … 10 0,2 0,1

>10 … 15 0,2 0,1

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤80 f8 H11

>80 … 120 f8 H11

>120 … 340 f7 H11

Fit example for metal guides

Nominal Ø d d D

≤80 H9/f8 H11

>80 … 120 H8/f8 H11

>120 … 340 H8/f7 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

270 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL TFMI

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

NBR O-ring Rod seal for lower pressure range with properties of
• Low friction
PTFE profile ring • Low housing height.

MATERIAL

Profile ring
Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE 177023


Merkel Compact Seal TFMI

O-ring
Material Code
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Nitrile rubber NBR 70 Shore A
Two-piece Merkel compact seal consisting of profile ring
and O-ring as a pre-load component.

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE 177023/NBR

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids –

HFB fluids –

HFC fluids –

HFD fluids –

Water –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 16

Running speed v in m/s 2

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 271


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2,0 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth


c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the non-
pressurised side of the seal. We recommend a metal guide H8/f7.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

272 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL CHEVRON SEAL SET ES, ESV

Type C has 2 to 4 fabric roof-shaped seals, one rubber


seal and can be installed in adjustable and non-adju-
stable sealing areas. For an enhanced sealing effect.
Roof shaped seal Type A and Type B can be supplied in open form.
Type C is always delivered in endless form.
Pressure ring

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Support ring

Seal set for robust operating conditions, mainly for pro-


vision of spare parts to old plant
• Proven under extreme conditions
Merkel Chevron Seal Set ES, ESV
• Long service life
• Can be optimally adjusted to the related application
• Functions over a certain time period even with poo-
rer surfaces
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • For application and design-related reasons fluctuati-
ons in the leakage behaviour and friction behaviour
Multi-component Merkel seal set for sealing piston rods, are to be expected.
consisting of a pressure ring, at least 3 seals and a
back-up ring. The Merkel Chevron Seal Sets are avai-
lable in 3 different designs. APPLICATION
Type A has 3 to 5 fabric roof-shaped seals and can be
installed in adjustable or non-adjustable sealing areas. Injection moulding machines, presses, marine hydrau-
Type B has 3 to 5 fabric roof-shaped seals, one rubber- lics, scrap cutters, iron and steel industry, special cylin-
sprung back-up ring and is installed in non-adjustable ders, steel hydraulics, engineering.
sealing areas. Constant axial pre-load.

MATERIAL

Pressure ring

Material Code

Cotton fabric/NBR BI-NBR B259

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-FKM

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 273


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Rubber fabric roof-shaped seal

Material Code

Cotton fabric/NBR BI-NBR

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-FKM

Rubber seal

Material Code

NBR 85 NBR 85 Shore A

FKM 85 FKM (ESV) 85 Shore A

Back-up ring

Material Code

Cotton fabric/NBR BI-NBR

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-FKM

Polyacetal POM POM

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material BI-NBR / 85 NBR BI-FKM /85 FKM

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –15 … +140

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –15 … +60

HFD fluids – –15 … +140

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +80

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –15 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80 –15 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –15 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –15 … +140

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

274 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Nominal Ø d d
≤80 H9/f8
>80 … 120 H8/f8
>120 … 500 H8/f7
> 500 … 630 H8/f7
> 630 … 800 H8/f7
> 800 … 1000 H8/f7
>1000 … 1250 H8/f7

Nominal Ø d d
≤500 H11
>500 H10

HOUSING cost-effective manufacture, because washers are not re-


quired. Seal set type B is particularly recommended for
L x 0,075 L x 1,025
these housings. The rubber-sprung back-up rings handle
the function of initial compression and continuous re-
adjustment during operation. Maintenance of the seal
contact area is not required. This takes optimum advan-
tage of the durability of the seal set.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function


of the seal. Before installation all individual parts of the
seal set must be greased. Mineral-oil-based greases can
be used so long as they have a good seal-compatibility.
The rod must be in the cylinder’s installation space
Adjustable housings have the advantage of an optimal
before installation. Merkel Chevron Seal Sets can also
adjustment option for the sealing effect with minimal id-
be built-in in an open form. This has the advantage that
ling friction. After a lengthy period of running and inci-
in the event of a repair and replacement of the seal
pient wear on the seal tightening the gland can extend
set, e.g. in a large system, it does not require a large
the durability and significantly delay a system standstill.
amount of work for installation. The sealing rings are
For adjustable housings an extension of 2,5% and an
installed on the plunger or the piston rod and pushed
adjustability of 7,5% of dimension L is recommended.
into the housing one by one.
Non-adjustable housings have the advantage of more

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 275


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

CHEVRON SEAL SET MADE OF PTFE

APPLICATION

• Chemistry
• Pharmaceuticals
• Measuring and control systems
• General mechanical engineering
• Foodstuffs industry
• Iron and steel industry
e.g. regulation and shut-off valves, plunger pumps,
metering systems, agitators, hydraulic cylinders, rotary
joints.

Chevron Seal Set made of PTFE


MATERIALS

• PTFE/PTFE compound
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • PTFE impregnated plastic fabric.

• Proven sealing systems for piston rods, plungers,


spindles and slowly rotating shafts
• Sets consisting of pressure ring, chevron seals,
back-up ring
• The number of chevron seals in a sealing set
­ epends on the pressure and temperature in the
d
operating range.

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

• Universal chemical resistance


• High temperature resistance
• Very high resistance to pressure
• Good sliding and lubricating properties
• High wear resistance and dimensional stability
• Very high protection against extrusion.

276 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE/PTFE compound PTFE impregnated fabric

Pressure 30 MPa 70 MPa

Linear velocity
– Continuous operation 0,5 m/s 0,5 m/s
– Intermittent operation 1,2 m/s 0,8 m/s

Temperature –200 … +260 °C –200 … +260 °C

All operating parameters given are maximum values. Simultaneously occurring maximum loads may require design measures in some circum-
stances. Please consult our technical advisory service.

DESIGN NOTES

The dimensions of the housings are given in the lists of dimensions. The housing and the rod or shaft should have
lead-in chamfers so that the sealing edges of the seals are not damaged during fitting. The fits and surface qualities
of the metal parts as well as the guide affect the function and service life of the seal sets.

Tolerances

Plunger Ø d Recommended fit Housing Ø D

… 80 H9/f8

>80 … 120 H8/f8 H8

>120 … 200 H8/f7

Surface quality

Surface roughness ISO roughness parameter Mean roughness Ra

Contact area 4 0,2

Housing outside Ø 6* 0,8

Housing front faces 8 3,2

* Minimum requirement

FITTING NOTES

Chevron seal sets made of PTFE


PTFE chevron seals have relatively high thermal expansion. The seal set must therefore be elastically retained under
load by a spring component. The spring force depends on the type and dimensions of the seal profile. For the
profile 9409 a pre-load of 0,2 N/mm2 is necessary. For the profiles 9403 and 9406 the pre-load from the spring
must be 0,8 N/mm2 , also for smaller dimensions beyond this figure. The information on the spring forces apply for
standard applications.

PTFE impregnated fabric Chevron Seal Set


These sets are intended for adjustable housings. As a rule the seal sets are installed without additional spring com-
ponents.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 277


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS OF THE CHEVRON SEAL SETS MADE OF PURE PTFE AND PTFE
COMPOUND

Profile 9409 (single seal) Profile 9403 (single seal)

K
K

3xE
3xE L L

M
M

Ø d B Ø d B

Article list 0971 0987 0986 0985

B E K Mmin L* E K Mmin L*

3 3 4 5

4 2,7 2,7 4 15 2,4 2,4 3,5 14 16 18

5 3,4 3,4 4,6 19 3 2,4 4 16 19 22

6 4,1 4,1 5 22 3,5 3,5 4,4 19 22 26

7,5 5,1 5,1 5,6 26 4 4 5,1 22 26 30

10 6,8 6,8 7 35 5 5 6,1 27 32 37

12,5 8,5 8,5 8,2 43 6 6 7,2 32 38 44

15 10,2 10,2 9,7 51 7,5 7,5 8,1 39 46 54

* for number of seals.

278 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Profile 9406 (single seal)

3xE
L

Ø d B

0980 0979 0978 0977

E K Mmin L*

2 3 4 5

2,6 2,4 3,5 12 14 17 19

3,3 3 4 14 17 21 24

3,9 3,5 4,4 16 20 24 28

4,9 4 5,1 19 24 29 34

6,5 5 6,1 25 31 38 44

8,1 6 7,2 30 38 46 54

9,8 7,5 8,1 36 45 55 65

* for number of seals.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 279


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

PACKING RING TFW MADE OF PTFE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

V-shape sealing ring made of PTFE for making up pac-


kings, comprising:
• 1 saddle ring TFS
• 3 to 5 angled rings TFW
• 1 mating ring TFG.
Note:
Only TFW rings are available from stock. Complete
packings are only available on request.

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Packing Ring TFW made of PTFE

Packing rings TFW feature very good chemical and


thermal resistance, low friction and favourable breaka-
way forces even after long periods of down-time.

APPLICATION

Packing rings TFW are suitable for axially operated


valve spindles, rods and plungers, as well as slowly
turning shafts.

MATERIAL

Saddle ring Angled ring Mating ring

PTFE on request PTFE 15/F52902 PTFE on request


Metal (customer solution) (graphite-filled PTFE)) Metal (customer solution)

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Pressure Temperature

31,5 MPa –200 … +220 °C

Running speed on axial movement on rotary movement

Continuous operation approx. 0,5 m/s approx. 0,2 m/s

Intermittent operation approx. 1,5 m/s approx. 0,4 m/s

280 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

FITTING & INSTALLATION rised side then its pre-load is to be matched to the ma-
ximum pressure that occurs. If metal saddle and mating
With fluctuating operating temperatures or when rings are manufactured by the customer, the dimensions
sealing a rotating shaft, the packing is to be pre-loaded are to be taken from the table. The number of PTFE an-
with 1,5 to 2 N/mm2 on the pressure side using a gled rings depends on the pressure of the medium.
spring. If the spring must be installed on the non-pressu-

We recommend:

p ≤3 MPa p >3 … 10 MPa p >10 MPa

3 TFW 4 TFW 5 TFW

LIST OF DIMENSIONS

b b b

c a

90° 90°
f7
*Ø DN
f9
Ø DN

H9 H8
Ø dN *Ø dN

* = tolerances only apply for metal design

Angled
Mating ring TFG1) Saddle ring TFS1) Packing height
Ø Difference DN–dN ring TFW

b a b b c b12) Dh3)
8 4 1,4 3,8 4 1,7 15,3 2,9

10 4,5 1,8 4,8 4,5 2,1 17,8 3,6

12 5 2,1 5,8 5 2,5 20,3 4,2

15 6 2,6 7 6 3,1 23,5 4,7

20 7,5 3,4 9,3 7,5 4,3 29,6 6

25 9 4,5 11,2 9 5,4 33,7 6,8

30 10,5 5,5 13 10,5 6,3 38,4 7,7

1) TFS/TFG available on request


2) Height with 3 TFW
3) Height increase for each additional angled ring TFW

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 281


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL V-PACKINGS V 1000

MATERIAL

Pressure ring

Material Code
Pressure ring
Natural rubber BI-NR B5A151 (B/A)
V-packing ring
Natural rubber BI-NR B5B210 (B/B)
Support ring

OPERATING CONDITIONS

BI-NBR B6B210/
Merkel V-Packings V 1000 Material
BI-NBR B6B210 (B/B)

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFA fluids +5 … +60

Merkel V-packings are used for sealing piston rods, HFB fluids +5 … +60

plungers and in exceptional cases of pistons. With their HFC fluids –30 … +60
robust design they are very suitable for use in highly HFD fluids –
demanding, heavy and horizontal compressors, parti-
Water +5 … +100
cularly if the plungers are subject to large side forces.
V-packings can even be used if piston rods or plungers HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80
cannot be correctly used because of wear. V-packing in HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80
connection with fabric pressure and back-up rings are
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60
used primarily in heavy-duty hydraulics because they
can easily be tightened at any time and their robust Mineral greases –30 … +100
design. V-packing rings are supplied open for nominal
diameter up to an inside diameter of 400 mm. For lar- Surface quality
ger diameters the rings are overdimensioned in length,
and they must be precisely fitted during fitting into the Surface
Ra Rmax
compression packing. If required endless rings can also roughness
be supplied. If no information on the version, the fluid Contact area 0,4 µm ≤4 µm
or temperature is given, B/B (see Operating parameters
Outer housing Ø ≤1,8 µm ≤10 µm
range table) is delivered as the standard version.
Housing end face ≤3,0 µm ≤16 µm

APPLICATION

Heavy machinery manufacture, iron and steel technolo-


gy, scrap shears, manipulators.

282 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

DESIGN NOTES Nominal Ø d Profile width B

… 25 7,5
Please observe our general design notes.
>25 … 80 10,0
Determination of the housing
>80 … 120 12,5
The dimensions of the V-packings 1000 are listed
below. Sufficient dimensioning is very important for the >120 … 250 15,0
operating safety and service life of the seal, because if >250 … 500 20,0
the section widths are too small may result in difficulty
>500 … 1000 25,0
in operation and lower service life. We recommend the
profile widths listed in the table in association with the >1000 30,0
nominal diameter.
V-packings are supplied with a plus tolerance in the height. The housings must therefore be adjustable in the axial
direction. The number and height of the washers under the gland depends on the section width and therefore also
the height of the set. For the recommended minimum tightening dimension z and the recommended lead-in chamfers
see the table.

Profile width B 7,5 10 12,5 15 20 25 30

≤500 4 8,0 10,0 12 15,0 20 30

>500 5 6,5 7,5 10 12,5 15 15

Fits

Diameter Clearance fit Housing diameter D

… 80 H9/f8

>80 … 120 H8/f8 H11

>120 … 500 H8/e8

>500 … 630 450 µm

>630 … 800 500 µm

>800 … 1000 550 µm

>1000 … 1250 700 µm H10

>1250 … 1600 750 µm

>1600 … 1800 850 µm

>1800 950 µm

To achieve the desired sealing effect with open or cut seal sets, the circumference length must be greater than the
length calculated from the nominal diameter. The s­ pecific added length enables the required pressing at the joint
sections.

V-packings with a nominal diameter of up to 400 mm


These packings have correct assembly dimensions. They can be installed without any further advance preparation.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 283


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

V-packings with a nominal diameter of more than 400 mm


If the packings are to be stored for very long periods and are subject to a wide v­ ariety of environmental influences,
changes in the circumference length may occur. Therefore, these sizes are always supplied with extra overlength.
The packings over 400 mm in nominal diameter must therefore be trimmed to the required size immediately before
fitting: nominal length of circumference plus extra length "e" in accordance with the table. This table is applicable
for the seals and pressure rings. The support rings are cut blunt so they have a gap of 1 to 5 mm when centred in
the seal. Any p­ lastic back-up rings included in the seal set are trimmed diagonally to fit exactly.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal. On fitting every ring is individually inserted into
the sealing area at multiple points – with the joint sections first. In this regard the joint sections take the "position
after installation" shown in the illustration and should be positioned offset 120° from ring to ring, as shown in the
illustration. Before fitting the seals must be greased. The use of neutral, compatible greases is beneficial. This grease
substantially reduces the friction and makes the a ­ ssembly easier. When tightening the gland all rings of the seal set
are brought to the final position.

Ød Added length

200 … 250 7

>250 … 500 9

>500 … 750 12

>750 … 1000 15

>1000 … 1500 20

>1500 … 2000 25

284 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

SPECIAL DESIGNS WITH ANTI-EXTRUSION RINGS (BACK-UP RINGS)

For new designs For repairs (greater play for fitting)

10 10

Open Open
B 25 Ø 400 … 3000; Ø 650 … 3000;
other dimensions on enquiry. over Ø 3000 on enquiry.
B 30 Ø 650 … 3000;
other dimensions on enquiry.

10

Open
B 27,5 Ø 720 … 3000;
over Ø 3000 on enquiry.
B 30 Ø 650 … 3000;
over Ø 3000 on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 285


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL HAT SEAL H WITH SPRING

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting rod seal for less important applications


and spare parts requirements. We recommend more
modern series for new designs.

APPLICATION

Standard cylinders.

MATERIAL
Merkel Hat Seal H with Spring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 88 NBR 101 88 Shore A


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Lip seal, spring-loaded in some cases. Clamping flange


for fixing in the housing.

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 88 NBR 101

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 1

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

286 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = RZ/2 and reference line C ref = 0%

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The most important factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension encountered during operation on
the non-pressurised side of the seal. x2 ≤0,3.

Tolerance recommendation
The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and compressive deflection of the guide under load must be
­considered for the design of d2.

Nominal Ø D d D

≤420 f8 H10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 287


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

MERKEL HAT SEAL H WITHOUT SPRING

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting rod seal for less important applications


and spare parts requirements. We recommend more
modern series for new designs.

APPLICATION

Standard cylinders.

MATERIAL
Merkel Hat Seal H without Spring

Material Code Hardness

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Nitrile rubber NBR 88 NBR 101 88 Shore A

Lip seal. Clamping flange for fixing in the housing.

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 88 NBR 101

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 1

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

288 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm


Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = RZ/2 and reference line C ref = 0%

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The most important characteristic for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension encountered during opera-
tion on the non-pressurised side of the seal. x2 ≤0,3.

Tolerance recommendation
The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and compressive deflection of the guide under load must be con-
sidered for the design of d2.

Nominal Ø D d D

≤420 f8 H10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 289


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

FORSEAL FOI MADE OF PTFE

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Axially moving rod seal, interchangeable for O-ring


housings (ARP568, MIL-P-5514)
• Extremely media and temperature resistant
• Good dry running properties
• Low static and dynamic friction values.

APPLICATION

Hot water valves, accumulators, hydraulic and pneuma-


tic cylinders as well as applications in food processing,
Forseal FOI made of PTFE
medical and chemical technology.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Single acting, U-ring type PTFE seal with metal tension


spring.

MATERIAL

Material Code Tension spring

Carbon-filled PTFE PTFE 10/F56110 Standard stainless steel (part no. 1.4310)

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE 10/F56110 + 1.4310

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic fluids, oil, water, steam, air, solvents, pharmaceutical


goods, foodstuffs or all media that do not attack PTFE and stain- –200 … +260
less steel

Pressure p in MPa 30

Running speed v in m/s 15

290 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch


Products I Hydraulics I Rod Seals

PTFE 10/F56110 +spring Hastelloy C276


Material
(Not available ex-works)

Temperature range in °C

Aggressive acids and alkalis –200 … +260

Pressure p in MPa 30

Running speed v in m/s 15

Rotary and pivoting motions possible. No rotation.

Surface quality
Sealing surfaces, dynamic/static: → Fig.
Lead-in chamfers: Ra <1,6 µm
Sides of groove: Ra <2,5 µm
Engine oils

Granulate
Hydrogen

Bitumen
Grease

SAE
Water
Steam

Dust
10-50
Air

Ra
max.
1,5
Mean roughness R of the sealing surface

Static

1,0
a

0,5
Dynamic

0,1
Gaseous Liquid Solid
Combined state of the medium

Surface recommendation for sealing surfaces

DESIGN NOTES

Beside the default dimensions, all special dimensions considering the U-ring profiles are available on request wit-
hout surcharge for the tool.
Dimensions available from Ø 5 mm (rod) to approx. 2000 mm. In general, installation is only possible in split,
­axially ­accessible grooves. Installation in half-open grooves possible in exceptional cases.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technisches Handbuch 291


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

PRE-SELECTION HYDRAULICS – PISTON SEALS

Temperature figures refer to mineral oils. Due to the large choice of media with different and varying additives,
which is not always easily comprehensible, the above operating limits are only recommended values. We recom-
mend testing resistance in the specific case.
Individual instances of the operating limits stated may be exceeded taking into account the related operating condi-
tions. With a long duty cycle, stop-start operation or other difficult operating conditions it is recommended that these
values are not simultaneously exploited to the full.

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Omegat OMK-MR

PTFE profile ring


Suitable for rapid pressure
PTFE bronze NBR
change, low friction, free of
O-ring PTFE bronze FKM 7425/1
stick-slip, high t­emperature
PTFE glass NBR
resistance.

Omegat OMK-E

Profile ring
Very high pressure resistance
PTFE bronze NBR
O-ring
and ­hardness, low friction, free
PTFE bronze FKM based on 7425/1
of stick-slip, high temperature
PTFE glass NBR
resistance.

Omegat OMK-S

PTFE profile ring


Suitable for rapid pressure
change and heavy duty
Elastomer profile ring
PTFE glass NBR hydraulic applications, low fric-
tion, free of stick-slip, high
­temperature resistance.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

292 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
E B 40 5,0 –30 … +100

B E 40 5,0 –30 … +100

E B 40 5,0 –30 … +100

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 293


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Merkel Omegat OMK-ES

PTFE profile ring

Suitable for heavy duty


Elastomer profile ring hydraulic applications, low
PTFE glass NBR
friction, free of stick-slip, high
temperature resistance.

T 18
Asymmetrical sealing lip
POM back-up ring

Single-acting, for high pressu-


95 AU V142/POM 5597
PUR profile ring res and large gap widths.

TM 21

PU profile ring
Good static and dynamic tight-
95 AU V142 ness, ­specifically for
Sealing lip special sizes.

TMP 21

PUR profile ring

Specifically for pneumatic


93 AU V167
applications.
Asymmetrical sealing lip

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

294 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B E 40 5,0 –30 … +100

B E 50 0,5 –30 … +110

B E 40 0,5 –30 … +110

B E 2 1,5

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 295


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

NA 300

PU profile ring
Single-acting, optimal price/­
Asymmetrical sealing lips 94 AU 925 5597
performance ratio.

Simko 300

PU profile ring

NBR profile ring Double-acting, optimal price/­


98 AU 928/NBR based on 7425/1
performance ratio.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

296 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B E 40 0,5 –30 … +110

E B 40 0,5 –30 … +110

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 297


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING NA 150

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting piston seal, preferably for spare parts


requirement.
NBR profile ring

Asymmetrical APPLICATION
sealing lips
Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, agricultural
machinery.
We recommend more modern series for new designs.

Merkel U-Ring NA 150


MATERIAL

Profile ring
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile of the sealing 80 NBR 878 80 Shore A
NBR
lips.

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR 878

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 10

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

298 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

2,5 MPa 5 MPa 7,5 MPa 10 MPa

≤5 0,45 0,30 0,25 0,20

>5 0,50 0,35 0,30 0,25

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤200 H11 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 299


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING NA 250

MATERIAL

Sealing component
POM back-up ring
Material Code Hardness
NBR profile ring Nitrile rubber
80 NBR 878 80 Shore A
NBR

Back-up ring

Material Code

Polyacetal POM 992020


Merkel U-Ring NA 250

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material 80 NBR 878/POM
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile of the sealing
Temperature range in °C
lips and back-up ring as a gap sealing component.
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFB fluids +5 … +60

Single-acting piston seal for medium load, preferably HFC fluids –30 … +60
for spare parts requirement. HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90

APPLICATION HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –


Standard cylinders, earth moving equipment, forestry HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60
equipment, excavators.
We recommend more modern series for new designs. Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 25

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

300 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

7,5 MPa 10 MPa 25 MPa

≤80 0,95 0,80 0,60

>80 1,00 0,85 0,65

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤180 H11 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 301


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING NA 300

MATERIAL

PU profile ring Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

Asymmetrical sealing lips

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C
Merkel U-Ring NA 300 Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, outer lip set
back and press fit at the inside diameter. Water +5 … +40

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40
Single-acting piston seal for standardised housings, Mineral greases –30 … +110
amongst others, according to ISO 5597
Pressure p in MPa 40
• Very good static and dynamic tightness.
Running speed v in m/s 0,5

APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, support cylinders, presses.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

302 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

4,0 … 5,0 0,50 0,40 0,35 0,30

>5,0 … 7,5 0,55 0,45 0,40 0,35

>7,5 … 11,0 0,66 0,50 0,45 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤400 H9 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 303


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING NA 400

MATERIAL

Fabric Sealing component


POM back-up ring
Material Code Hardness
NBR profile ring Nitrile rubber
80 NBR 878 80 Shore A
NBR

Back-up ring

Material Code

Polyacetal POM 992020


Merkel U-Ring NA 400

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material 80 NBR 878/POM
Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile of the sealing Temperature range in °C
lips, fabric reinforcement on the dynamic sealing side
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100
and back-up ring as a gap sealing component.
HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFC fluids –30 … +60

Single-acting piston seal for medium load, preferably HFD fluids –


for spare parts requirement. Water +5 … +90

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

APPLICATION HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60


Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, presses, Mineral greases –30 … +100
mobile hydraulics.
Pressure p in MPa 40
We recommend more modern series for new designs.
Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

304 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

≤80 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,35

>80 0,65 0,55 0,45 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤320 H11 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 305


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING T 18

MATERIAL
Asymmetrical sealing lip
Profile ring
POM back-up ring
Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A


PUR profile ring

Back-up ring

Material Code

Polyacetal POM PO202

Merkel U-Ring T 18 Other materials are available on request.

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material 95 AU V142/POM PO202
Merkel U-ring with integrated back-up ring, asymmetri-
Temperature range in °C
cal profile with pressure-relieving grooves, outer lip set
back and press fit at the inside diameter. Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFC fluids –30 … +40
Single-acting piston seal also for standardised housings HFD fluids –
according to ISO 5597
Water +5 … +50
• Very good static and dynamic tightness
• High extrusion resistance (back-up ring) HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

• “back-to-back” arrangement for pistons with pressure HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80
on both sides HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
• High reliability
Mineral greases –30 … +110
• Relief grooves against dynamic drag pressure.
Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5


APPLICATION

Heavy duty earth moving equipment, scrap shears.

306 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes in.

Gap dimension d2
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal. Regard must be paid to the dimensions d1 and df in relation with the guide element used.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

7,5 0,85 0,70 0,50 0,40

>7,5 1,05 0,90 0,85 0,80

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D <40 MPa

D d

≤400 H8 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

We recommend the use of a fitting tool for the fitting. Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the
seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 307


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING TM 21

APPLICATION

PU profile ring Injection moulding machines, presses, heavy machinery


manufacture, large cylinders.

Sealing lip MATERIAL

Ø range <500

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethan 95 AU V142 95 Shore A

Merkel U-Ring TM 21
Ø range >500

Material Code Hardness


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Polyurethane 93 AU V167 93 Shore A

Merkel U-ring with asymmetrical profile, inner lip set


back and press fit at the outer diameter.

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting piston seal for hydraulic cylinders used in


heavy machinery areas. The highly wear-resistant poly-
urethane material allows for use under high operating
requirements
• Good media resistance
• Broad range of temperatures
• Very good static and dynamic
tightness
• No mould tools required
• Large range of dimensions.

308 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V142 93 AU V167

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110 –25 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +40 –25 … +40

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +50 +5 … +60

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60 –25 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –25 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50 –25 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110 –25 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing D2.

Housing recommendations for new designs


Primary seal TM 20

D d L C

>200 … 630 D –30 25 9

>630 … 800 D –40 32 11

>800 … 2000 D –50 40 13

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 309


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Recommended tolerances* for Merkel Guide Ring KB

D 16 MPa 26 MPa

ØD S D d X2 S D d X2

… 250 15 H8 h11 0,65 15 H8 h11 0,55

… 500 15 H8 h11 0,65 15 H8 h11 0,55

… 560 15 H8 h11 0,65 15 H8 h11 0,55

… 450 20 H8 h11 0,67 20 H8 h11 0,57

… 600 20 H8 h11 0,67 20 H8 h11 0,57

… 750 20 H8 h11 0,67 20 H8 h11 0,57

… 1000 25 H8 h11 0,70 25 H8 h11 0,60

… 1400 25 H7 h11 0,70 25 H7 h11 0,60

D 32 MPa 40 MPa

ØD S D d X2 S D d X2

4 … 250

… 500
15

15
H8

H8
h11

h11
0,45

0,45
15

15
H8

H7
h11

h11
0,40

0,40

… 560 15 H7 h11 0,45 15 H7 h11 0,40

… 450 20 H8 h11 0,47 20 H8 h11 0,42

… 600 20 H7 h11 0,47 20 H7 h11 0,42

… 750 20 H7 h11 0,47 20 H7 h11 0,42

… 1000 25 H7 h11 0,47 25 H7 h11 0,42

… 1400 25 H7 h11 0,47 25 H7 h11 0,42

* Profiles in accordance with "Housing recommendations for new designs".

FITTING & INSTALLATION

An axially accessible housing is necessary for articles with the "M" marking. For different housings, e. g. in old
plants, please consult our advisory service.

310 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING TMP 21

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

PUR profile ring


Piston seal that is primarily used in pneumatic cylinders
in heavy-duty mechanical engineering. The U-rings are
designed for application of pressure on one side.
• High tightness
Sealing lips • Large range of dimensions
• Suitable for dry air
• No mould tools required.

APPLICATION
Merkel U-Ring TMP 21
Presses, large cylinders.
4
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Single-acting Merkel U-Ring TMP 21 made from poly-


urethane.

MATERIAL

D <500

Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 93 AU V167 93 Shore A red

D >500

Material Code Hardness Colour

Polyurethane 93 AU V168 93 Shore A red

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 93 AU V167/93 AU V168

Temperature range in °C

Pneumatic Air, dried or oiled

Pressure p in MPa 2*

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

* short version <1,2 MPa

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 311


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max 90% at cutting depth c = RZ/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches
and blow-holes are to be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Housing recommendations for new designs

D d L C

4 >70 … 200

>125 … 345
D – 20

D – 25
16

20
8,5

10,0

>180 … 660 D – 30 24 11,5

>440 … 840 D – 40 32 12,5

>850 … 1250 D – 50 40 16,0

>1060 … 2000 D – 60 48 18,0

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The piston seals can be pulled over the metallic face support shoulder by hand or by using an assessment aid
(Gi-Hammer, lightly oiling or greasing seal). For different housings, e.g. in old plants, please consult our advisory
service. For an optimum running-in and operation behaviour, the U-Rings should be lightly oiled or greased (ini-
tial lubrication) prior to use.

312 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL T 42

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Polyurethane profile ring
Merkel Compact Seal T 42 for sealing pistons which
Back-up rings can be pressurised on both sides in plungers, pushers
and subsi­diary cylinders in self-advancing support
Elastomer profile ring systems
• Very good protection against extrusion even with
pressure peaks
• High resistance to abrasion
• High contact pressure due to rubber profile ring.

4
APPLICATION
Merkel Compact Seal T 42

Mining.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Double-acting Merkel Compact Seal T 42 with back-up


rings.

MATERIAL

Polyurethane profile ring Back-up rings Elastomer profile ring

93 AU V167 POM PO202 85 NBR B203 80 NBR B246

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 93 AU V167/NBR/POM PO202

Temperature range in °C

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFD fluids +5 … +60

Pressure p in MPa * 50

Running speed v in m/s 0,1

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 313


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

* If a full-surface back-up ring is used on the side not subjected to high pressure, the use of up to 150 MPa is possible. The height of the
backup-ring should be 5 mm.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

4 Groove base

Groove flanks
≤1,6 µm

≤3,0 µm
≤6,3 µm

≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Ød 16 MPa 26 MPa

Profile D d D2 DF X2 D d D2 DF X2

>7,5 … 10,0
… 230 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,1 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,8
(BR 5,0)

>10,0 … 12,5
… 300 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,6 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,2
(BR 6,0)

>12,5
… 380 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,6 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,2
(BR 7,5 x 5,0)

≤7,5
… 140 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,8 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,6
(BR 4,0 x 3,0)

>7,5 … 8,5
… 160 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,8 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,6
(BR 4,5)

314 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Ød 32 MPa 40 MPa

Profile D d D2 DF X2 D d D2 DF X2

>7,5 … 10,0
… 230 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,6 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,5
(BR 5,0)

>10,0 … 12,5
… 300 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,9 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,7
(BR 6,0)

>12,5
… 380 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,9 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,7
(BR 7,5 x 5,0)

≤7,5
… 140 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,5 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,4
(BR 4,0 x 3,0)

>7,5 … 8,5
… 160 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,5 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,4
(BR 4,5)

Gap dimension X2
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in
operation is of vital importance for the function of the seal.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


When designing d2 the admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection
of the guide under load are to be taken into account.

Profile recommendation

D S L

<150 7,5 16,0

150 … 200 10,0 20,0

>200 … 400 12,5 20,0

>400 15,0 25,0

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 315


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL T 44

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Polyurethane profile ring
Merkel Compact Seal T 44 for sealing pistons which
can be pressurised on both sides in plungers, pushers
Angle back-up rings and subsidiary cylinders in self-advancing support
systems
Elastomer profile ring • Very good protection against extru­sion even with
pressure peaks
• High resistance to abrasion
• High contact pressure due to rubber profile ring.

APPLICATION
Merkel Compact Seal T 44

Mining.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Double-acting Merkel Compact Seal T 44 with semi-­


active angle back-up rings.

MATERIAL

Polyurethane profile ring Back-up rings Elastomer profile ring

93 AU V167 Polyacetal POM PO202 85 NBR B203

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 93 AU V167/NBR/POM PO202

Temperature range in °C

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFD fluids +5 … +60

Pressure p in MPa * 150

Running speed v in m/s 0,1

316 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension X2
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in opera­tion is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Ød 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Profile D d X2 D d X2 D d X2 D d X2

… 225 ≤11,0 (BR 5,0 x 3,0) H8 h9 1,1 H8 h9 0,8 H8 h9 0,6 H8 h9 0,5

… 350 >11,0 (BR 7,5 x 5,0) H8 h9 1,6 H8 h9 1,2 H8 h9 0,9 H8 h9 0,7

Profile recommendation

D S L

≤200 10,0 25

>200 … 400 12,5 25

>400 15,0 30

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 317


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING SEAL SET 0215

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Fabric Single-acting piston seal for use in hydraulics or pneu-


Back-up ring matics
• Low friction due to fabric reinforcement
NBR profile ring • Large range of dimensions
• Activated back-up ring prevents extrusion.

APPLICATION

Injection moulding machines, iron and steel technology,


presses, marine hydraulics, steel hydraulics engineering,
Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0215
scrap cutters, pneumatic cylinders.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Two-piece Merkel seal set comprising an elastomer


U-ring with a fabric reinforcement on the contact area
up to over the sealing edge and an active back-up ring.

MATERIAL

U-Ring

Material Code

NBR U-ring 80 NBR B246

Cotton fabric BI-NBR B4 B248

Back-up ring

Material Code

D <300 mm Polyacetal POM POM PO202

D >300 mm Polyamide PA 6.G200

Other materials like PTFE bronze back-up ring on enquiry.

318 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B4B248/ 80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B4 B248/PA 6.


Material
POM PO202 G200

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa Hydraulic 25 oder 40*

Pressure p in MPa Pneumatic 5

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

* max. pressure depends on the profile.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 319


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Back-up ring height h 16 MPa 26 MPa

D d X2 D d X2

1,5 H8 h10 0,50 H8 h10 0,50

2,5 H8 h10 0,80 H8 h10 0,70

3,0 H8 h10 0,80 H8 h10 0,70

3,5 H8 h10 1,20 H8 h10 1,00

4,0 H8 h10 1,20 H8 h10 1,00

5,0 H8 h10 1,80 H8 h10 1,40

6,0 H8 h10 1,80 H8 h10 1,40

8,0 H8 h10 2,00 H8 h10 1,60

4
Back-up ring height h 32 MPa 40 MPa

D d X2 D d X2

1,5 H8 h10 0,40 H8 h10 0,30

2,5 H8 h10 0,60 H8 h10 0,40

3,0 H8 h10 0,60 H8 h10 0,40

3,5 H8 h10 0,65 H8 h10 0,50

4,0 H8 h10 0,65 H8 h10 0,50

5,0 H8 h10 0,90 H8 h10 0,70

6,0 H8 h10 0,90 H8 h10 0,70

8,0 H8 h10 1,10 H8 h10 0,90

Gap dimension X2
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

320 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL U-RING SEAL SET 0217

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Fabric
Single-acting piston seal for use in hydraulics or
Back-up ring ­pneumatics
• Low friction due to fabric reinforcement
NBR U-ring
• Large range of dimensions
• Activated back-up ring prevents extrusion.

APPLICATION

Pneumatic applications.
Merkel U-Ring Seal Set 0217
4
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Two-piece Merkel seal set comprising an elastomer


U-ring with an elastomer sealing edge, a fabric rein-
forcement on the contact area and an active back-up
ring.

MATERIAL

U-ring

Material Code

NBR U-ring 80 NBR B246

Cotton fabric BI-NBR B4 B248

Back-up ring

Material Code

D <300 mm POM POM PO202

D >300 mm Polyamide PA 6.G200

Other materials like PTFE bronze back-up ring on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 321


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

80 NBR B246/ 80 NBR B246/


Material BI-NBR B4B248/ BI-NBR B4 B248/
POM PO202 PA 6.G200

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

4 Mineral greases

Pressure p in MPa Hydraulic


–30 … +100

25 oder 40*
–30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa Pneumatic 5

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

* max. pressure depends on the profile.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

322 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Max. admissible gap dimensions

Back-up ring height h 16 MPa 26 MPa

D d X2 D d X2

1,5 H8 h10 0,50 H8 h10 0,50

2,5 H8 h10 0,80 H8 h10 0,70

3,0 H8 h10 0,80 H8 h10 0,70

3,5 H8 h10 1,20 H8 h10 1,00

4,0 H8 h10 1,20 H8 h10 1,00

5,0 H8 h10 1,80 H8 h10 1,40

6,0 H8 h10 1,80 H8 h10 1,40

8,0 H8 h10 2,00 H8 h10 1,60

Back-up ring height h 32 MPa 40 MPa

D d X2 D d X2

1,5 H8 h10 0,40 H8 h10 0,30

2,5 H8 h10 0,60 H8 h10 0,40

3,0 H8 h10 0,60 H8 h10 0,40

3,5 H8 h10 0,65 H8 h10 0,50

4,0 H8 h10 0,65 H8 h10 0,50

5,0 H8 h10 0,90 H8 h10 0,70

6,0 H8 h10 0,90 H8 h10 0,70

8,0 H8 h10 1,10 H8 h10 0,90

Gap dimension X2
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 323


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMK‑PU

MATERIAL

Profile ring Profile ring

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A


O-ring

Elastomer profile ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber
70 NBR B276 70 Shore A
NBR
Merkel Omegat OMK‑PU
Other materials are available on request.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION OPERATING CONDITIONS

Two-piece Merkel piston seal set comprising one pol- Material 95 AU V142/ 70 NBR B276
yurethane profile ring with one O-ring as a pre-load Temperature range in °C
component.
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40


Merkel Omegat OMK-PU is used for sealing pistons
with pressure on both sides for medium duty applica- HFD fluids –
tions, and is also designed for housings according to Water +5 … +50
ISO 7425 , Part 1
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
• Increased sealing effect
• Robust design HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80
• Requires small housing HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
• Easy fitting. Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 25
APPLICATION Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Industrial vehicles, agricultural machinery, cranes,


standard cylinders.

324 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa

60 °C 80 °C 60 °C 80 °C

≤10,5 0,50 0,40 0,35 0,24

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


When designing d2, the admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to
be taken into account. Regard must be paid to the dimensions d1 and dF in connection with the guide element used.

Tolerance recommendations for piston designs with guide ring

16 MPa 26 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d D d

≤200 H8 h7 H8 h7

Tolerance recommendations for piston designs with metallic guide

Nominal Ø D D d

≤80 H9 f8

80 … 160 H8 f7

160 … 200 H7 f7

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 325


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMK‑E

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Profile ring
Merkel Omegat OMK-E can be used where a sealing
piston has pressure on one side, amongst others, in
standar­dised housings according to ISO 7425/1. Rod
O-ring diameters in agreement with ISO 3320.
• Very high resistance to pressure and hardness
• Good thermal conductivity
• Very good protection against extrusion
• High resistance to abrasion
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.

Merkel Omegat OMK‑E


APPLICATION

Handling equipment, agricultural machinery, injection


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION moulding machines, presses, marine hydraulics, in-
dustrial vehicles, cranes, mills, control and regulation
Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing pistons, consisting equipment.
of one PTFE profile ring and an O-ring as a pre-load
component.

WERKSTOFF

Profilring aus PTFE

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

O-ring

Material Code Hardness

NBR 70 NBR B276 70 Shore A

FKM 70 FKM K655 70 Shore A

326 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE GM201/ PTFE B602/ PTFE B602/


Material
70 NBR B276 70 NBR B276 70 FKM K655

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100 –10 … +200

HFA fluids +5 … +60 – –

HFB fluids +5 … +60 – –

HFC fluids –30 … +60 – –

HFD fluids – – –10 … +200

Water +5 … +100 – –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60 –10 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100 –10 … +200

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 327


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

2,2 2,45 0,35 0,30 – –

3,2 3,65 0,40 0,35 – –

4,2 5,35 0,50 0,40 0,30 –

6,3 7,55 0,55 0,45 0,35 0,30

8,1 10,25 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,40

8,1 12,00 0,70 0,60 0,55 0,50

4 9,5 13,65 0,75 0,65 0,60 0,55

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

Tolerance recommendations – for non-metallic guides

2,45 … 7,55 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d D d D d D d

<270 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8

10,25 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d D d D d D d

<500 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8

500 … 690 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7

12,00 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d D d D d D d

<500 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8

500 … 690 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7

13,65 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d D d D d D d

<1000 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7

1000 … 1100 H8 h7 H8 h7 H7 h7 H7 h7

Regard must be paid to the dimensions d1 and dF in connection with the guide element used.

328 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Material selection table

PTFE GM201/ PTFE B602/ PTFE B602/


70 NBR B276 70 NBR B276 70 FKM K655
(PTFE-Glass-MoS2/NBR) (PTFE bronze/NBR) (PTFE bronze/FKM)

Oil hydraulics –30 ... +100 °C C B D

Oil hydraulics –10 ... +200 °C D D B

Short stroke, high frequency B D D

Water hydraulics B D D

Soft counterface B D D

B = suitable; C = possible; D = not suitable.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal. When mounting the Merkel Omegat OMK-E,
ensure correct placement of the sealing edge to the pressure direction. A fitting jig facilitates the in­stallation of small
Omegat rings.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 329


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMK‑ES

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
PTFE profile ring
The Merkel Omegat OMK-ES is for use where sealing
pistons have pressure on one side. The Merkel Omegat
Elastomer profile ring OMK-ES series is designed especially for large diame-
ters and for heavy duty hydraulic applications
• Very high resistance to pressure
• Design prevents twisting
• Very good protection against extrusion
• High resistance to abrasion
• Good thermal conductivity
• Low friction, free of stick-slip
Merkel Omegat OMK‑ES
• High contact pressure due to elastomer profile ring.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing pistons, consisting


of one PTFE profile ring and an elastomer profile ring as
a pre-load component.

APPLICATION

Injection moulding machines, presses, marine hydraulics, manipulators, mills, steel hydraulics engineering, large
cylinders.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

Elastomer profile ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 80 NBR B246 80 Shore A

Other materials are available on request.

330 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE B602/ PTFE GM201/


Material
80 NBR B246 80 NBR B246

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids – +5 … +60

HFB fluids – +5 … +60

HFC fluids – –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water – +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 331


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

10,0 10,0 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,40

12,5 12,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

15,0 15,0 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

17,5 17,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

20,0 20,0 0,80 0,70 0,60 0,55

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

4
16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d Nominal Ø D D d Nominal Ø D D d Nominal Ø D D d

100 … 500 H8 h8 100 … 500 H8 h8 100 … 500 H8 h8 100 … 500 H8 h8

>500 … 1000 H8 h8 >500 … 1000 H8 h8 >500 … 1000 H8 h8 >500 … 1000 H7 h7

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

332 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMK‑MR

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

PTFE profile ring Merkel Omegat OMK-MR is used where a piston has
pressure on both sides. OMK-MR is provided with pres-
sure-compensation grooves for rapid pressure change
O-ring • Very high resistance to pressure and hardness
• Good thermal conductivity
• Very good protection against extrusion
• High resistance to abrasion
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.

4
APPLICATION
Merkel Omegat OMK‑MR

Presses, agricultural machinery, injection moulding


machines, mills, marine hydraulics, industrial vehicles,
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION cranes, handling equipment, control and regulation
equipment.
Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing pistons, consisting
of one PTFE profile ring and an O-ring as a pre-load
component.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

O-ring

Material Code Hardness

NBR 70 NBR B276 70 Shore A

FKM 70 FKM K655 70 Shore A

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 333


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE B602/ PTFE B602/ PTFE B602/


Material
70 NBR B276 70 NBR B276 70 FKM K655

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100 –10 … +200

HFA fluids – – –

HFB fluids – – –

HFC fluids – – –

HFD fluids – – –10 … +200

Water – – –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60 –10 … +80

4
Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100 –10 … +200

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

2,2 2,45 0,35 0,30 – –

3,2 3,65 0,40 0,35 – –

4,2 5,35 0,50 0,40 0,30 –

6,3 7,55 0,55 0,45 0,35 0,30

8,1 10,25 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,40

8,1 12,00 0,70 0,60 0,55 0,50

9,5 13,65 0,75 0,65 0,60 0,55

334 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Tolerance recommendations – for non-metallic guides

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal
Profile D d D d D d D d
ØD

<40 2,45 … 3,75 H8 h9 H8 h9 – – – –

<100 5,50 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8 – –

<500 7,75 … 12,25 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8 H8 h8

<660 12,25 H8 h7 H8 h7 H8 h7 H7 h7

<1100 12,25 … 14,0 H8 h7 H8 h7 H7 h7 H7 h7

Regard must be paid to the dimensions d1 and dF in connection with the guide element used.

Material selection table

PTFE M201/ PTFE B602/ PTFE B602/


70 NBR B276 70 NBR B276 70 FKM K655
(PTFE Glass-MoS2/NBR) (PTFE bronze/NBR) (PTFE bronze/FKM)

Oil hydraulics –30 ... +100 °C C B D

Oil hydraulics –10 ... +200 °C D D B

Short stroke, high frequency B D D

Water hydraulics B D D

Soft counterface B D D

B = suitable; C = possible; D = not suitable

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 335


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL OMEGAT OMK‑S

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
PTFE profile ring
The Merkel Omegat OMK-S can be used where a
piston has pressure on both sides and is designed espe-
cially for large diameters
Elastomer profile ring • Very high resistance to pressure
• Design prevents twisting
• Very good protection against extrusion
• High resistance to abrasion
• Good thermal conductivity
• Low friction, free of stick-slip
• High contact pressure due to elastomer profile ring.
Merkel Omegat OMK‑S

APPLICATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Injection moulding machines, manipulators, mills, steel


hydraulics engineering, marine hydraulics, presses,
Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing pistons consisting large cylinders.
of one PTFE profile ring and one elastomer profile ring
as a pre-load component. The seal set is designed for
heavy duty hydraulic applications.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

PTFE glass MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

Elastomer profile ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 80 NBR B246 80 Shore A

336 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE B602/ PTFE GM201/


Material
70 NBR B246 80 NBR B246

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids – +5 … +60

HFB fluids – +5 … +60

HFC fluids – –30 … +60

HFD fluids – –

Water – +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

L Profile 16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

10,0 10,0 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,40

12,5 12,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

15,0 15,0 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

17,5 17,5 0,75 0,65 0,55 0,50

20,0 20,0 0,80 0,70 0,60 0,55

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 337


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

Tolerance recommendations – for non-metallic guides

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D D d Nominal Ø D D d Nominal Ø D D d Nominal Ø D D d

100 … 500 H8 h8 100 … 500 H8 h8 100 … 500 H8 h8 100 … 500 H8 h8

>500 … 1000 H8 h8 >500 … 1000 H8 h8 >500 … 1000 H8 h8 >500 … 1000 H7 h7

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

338 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL SIMKO 300

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

PU profile ring Double-acting Merkel piston seal


• Good static and dynamic tightness
• Low friction, smooth movement even at low running
NBR profile ring speeds
• Contact pressure element with rectangular cross-sec-
tion, prevents twisting in the housing
• Standardised housings according to ISO 7425
• Low axial housing heights.

4
APPLICATION
Merkel Compact Seal Simko 300

Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, in-


jection moulding machines, industrial vehicles, cranes,
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION loading platforms.

Two-piece Merkel Compact Seal Simko 300 comprising


one profile ring with pronounced sealing edge and one
contact pressure element for producing the pre-load.

MATERIAL

Profile ring

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 98 AU 928 98 Shore A

Contact pressure element


D ≤63

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 72 NBR 872 72 Shore A

Contact pressure element


D >63

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 80 NBR 709 80 Shore A

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 339


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

98 AU 928/72 NBR 872


Material
98 AU 928/80 NBR 709

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +40

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +60

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40

4
Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa

3,2 0,30 0,20 – –

4,2 0,40 0,30 0,20 –

6,3 0,50 0,40 0,30 0,25

8,1 0,60 0,50 0,40 0,35

10,5 0,65 0,55 0,45 0,40

340 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤200 H9 h9

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 341


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL SIMKO 320 X2

MATERIAL

Fabric Sealing component

Angled bushes Material Hardness


NBR profile ring Nitrile rubber NBR and
80 Shore A
fabric reinforcement

Guide back-up rings

Material

Polyamide
Merkel Compact Seal Simko 320 X2

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Material 80 NBR 878/Polyamide

Temperature range in °C
Three-piece Merkel Compact Seal Simko 320 X2
consisting of a fabric reinforced elastomeric sealing Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100
­element and two guide back-up rings. HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –
Double-acting Merkel piston seal with integrated guide
Water +5 … +90
back-up rings.
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –


APPLICATION
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Earth moving equipment, agricultural m


­ achinery, Mineral greases –30 … +100

cranes, standard cylinders. Pressure p in MPa 40


We recommend more modern series for new designs. Running speed v in m/s 0,5

342 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø D D d d2 d3

25 … 250 H11 h11 ±0,07 f8

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 343


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL SIMKO 520

MATERIAL

Sealing component

Material Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR


80 Shore A
and fabric reinforcement

Guide back-up rings

Material Code

Polyacetal resin POM 992020


Merkel Compact Seal Simko 520

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material 80 NBR/POM
Three-piece Merkel Compact Seal Simko 520 consisting
Temperature range in °C
of a fabric reinforced elastomeric sealing element and
two guide back-up rings as gap sealing component. Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFC fluids –30 … +60

Double-acting Merkel piston seal, preferably for spare HFD fluids –


parts requirement. Water +5 … +90

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

APPLICATION HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60


Earth moving equipment, agricultural m
­ achinery,
Mineral greases –30 … +100
cranes, standard cylinders.
We recommend more modern series for new designs. Pressure p in MPa 50

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

344 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Ø range D Max. permissible gap dimension

26 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 50 MPa

≤80 0,60 0,55 0,45 0,35

>80 0,65 0,60 0,50 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤320 H11 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 345


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL L 27

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Profile ring
The Merkel Piston Seal L 27 is used where a piston has
pressure on both sides. The activated back-up rings
Back-up rings offer good protection against extrusion even with gaps
for breathing
Pre-stressed element • Bridges large radial gaps
• Very good protection against extrusion even with
pressure peaks
• High resistance to abrasion
• Low friction, free of stick-slip
• High contact pressure due to elastomer profile ring.
Merkel Compact Seal L 27

APPLICATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Earth moving equipment, injection moulding machines,


presses, excavators.
Four-piece Merkel Compact Seal L 27 comprising one
pre-load component (NBR), two active back-up rings
(POM) and one PTFE bronze profile ring.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

Pre-load component

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 85 NBR B247/85 NBR B203 85 Shore A

Back-up ring

Material Code

Polyacetal POM PO202

346 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PTFE B602/ 85 NBR B247/ PTFE B602/ 85 NBR B203/


Material
POM PO202 POM PO202

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –30 … +100

HFA fluids – –

HFB fluids – –

HFC fluids – –

HFD fluids – –

Water – –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50 –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 50

Running speed v in m/s 1,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 347


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

16 MPa 26 MPa

Nominal Ø D Profile D d D2 DF X2 D d D2 DF X2

… 70 6,0 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,8 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,7

>70 … 110 8,5 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,2 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,0

>110 … 200 10,0 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,2 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,0

>200 … 350 12,5 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,8 H8 h9 h9 h8 1,4

32 MPa 40 MPa

Nominal Ø D Profile D d D2 DF X2 D d D2 DF X2

… 70 6,0 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,50 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,4

4 >70 … 110

>110 … 200
8,5

10,0
H8

H8
h9

h9
h9

h9
h8

h8
0,65

0,65
H8

H8
h9

h9
h9

h9
h8

h8
0,5

0,5

>200 … 350 12,5 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,90 H8 h9 h9 h8 0,7

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

348 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL L 43

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

(4) (1) (3) (2) (5) The Merkel Piston Seal L 43 is used for sealing pistons
with pressure on both sides. The angled rings guide the
piston on the cylinder bore.
• No extrusion into the radial sealing gap
• Suitable for rapid pressure change
• Sealing component protected against twisting.
1 & 2 = back-up ring; 3 = sealing element; 4 & 5 = angled bushes
APPLICATION

4
Earth moving equipment, agricultural m
­ achinery,
Merkel Compact Seal L 43
cranes, standard cylinders.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Five-piece Merkel compact seal L 43 comprising one


profile ring, two back-up rings and two angled bushes.

MATERIAL

Sealing component

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber 78 NBR B281 78 Shore A

Back-up ring Angled bush

Material Code Material Code

Polyester elastomer 97 TPE TP113 Polyamide with special filling PA 6.501

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 349


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 78 NBR B281/97 TPE TP113/PA 6.501

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids +5 … +50

HFD fluids –

Water –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +100

4 Pressure p in MPa

Running speed v in m/s


40

0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø D D d d2 d3

40 … 200 H8 h9 h11 h8

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

350 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL T 19

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

The Merkel Compact Seal T 19 is used where a piston


has pressure on both sides and is designed mainly for
housings according to ISO 6547
• Good guiding
• Highly wear-resistant
• Easy fitting
• Short.

APPLICATION
Merkel Compact Seal T 19
Agricultural machinery, standard cylinders.
We recommend more modern series for new designs. 4
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Three-piece Merkel Compact Seal T 19 with two angled


bushes (POM) and one sealing component of polyu-
rethane.

MATERIAL

Sealing component

Material Code Hardness

Novathan (polyurethane) 95 AU V142 95 Shore A

Angled bushes

Material Hardness

Polyacetal POM POM PO 202

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 351


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V142

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –40 … +100

4 Pressure p in MPa

Running speed v in m/s


21

0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation
When designing d2, the admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to
be taken into account.

Nominal Ø D D d d2 d3

25 … 100 H8 h9 h11 h7

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

352 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPACT SEAL TFMA

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring Profile ring

Material Code
NBR O-ring
PTFE bronze compound PTFE 177023

O-ring

Material Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 70 Shore A

Merkel Compact Seal TFMA


OPERATING CONDITIONS 4
Material PTFE 177023/NBR
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Temperature range in °C

Two-piece Merkel Compact Seal TFMA comprising Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100
a profile ring and O-ring as a pre-load component. HFA fluids –

HFB fluids –

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFC fluids –

HFD fluids –
Double-acting piston seal for the lower pressure range
Water –
with the properties of
• Low friction HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

• Low housing height. HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100


APPLICATION
Pressure p in MPa 16
Standard cylinders, cranes. Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 353


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal. We recommend a metal guide H8/f7.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

354 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL COMPLETE PISTON TDUOH

MATERIAL
Sealing lips
Sealing lips
Spring
Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 90 NBR 109 90 Shore A


Steel plate
Springs

Material

Spring steel wire DIN 17223

4
Merkel Complete Piston TDUOH Base plate

Material

Mild steel
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Merkel Complete Piston TDUOH with steel base plate OPERATING CONDITIONS
and vulcanised, spring-loaded sealing lips.
Material NBR 60 Shore A

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


Merkel complete piston for secondary hydraulic appli-
HFA fluids +5 … +60
cations, preferably for spare parts requirement. Can
only absorb low lateral forces. HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –
APPLICATION
Water +5 … +90

Standard cylinders, cranes. HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa → Diagram


Running speed v in m/s 0,5

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 355


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Permissible operating pressure

7
MPa
6
5
Operating pressure

0
0 50 100 150 200 mm 250
Cylinder diameter

Surface quality

4 Surface roughness

Cylinder bore
Ra

0,05 … 0,3 µm
Rmax

≤2,5 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation
The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing d2.

Nominal Ø D D d

≤320 H11 h11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The Merkel Complete Piston TDUOH is pushed onto the pin with the rubber layer on the clamping flange towards
the rod and fixed with the fastening. The nut has to be secured.

356 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL CUP PACKING T WITH SPRING

MATERIAL

Sealing component

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 88 NBR 101 88 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 88 NBR 101

4
Temperature range in °C
Merkel Cup Packing T with Spring
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFC fluids –30 … +60
Spring-loaded lip seal. HFD fluids –
Clamping flange for axial fixing in the housing.
Water +5 … +90

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60


Single-acting piston seal for secondary applications
and for spare parts requirement. Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 1

Running speed v in m/s 0,5


APPLICATION

Standard cylinders.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 357


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal. x2 ≤0,5.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø D D d

≤550 H11 h10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The axial compression of the flange should be max. 10% of its thickness. Torque limiting is to be used. The metal

4
clamping parts must not apply any force to the transition zone from clamping flange to sealing lip. To improve the
fixing of the cup packing and sealing effect on the flat clamping side, the turning of one or two sealing grooves is
recommended.

358 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL CUP PACKING T WITHOUT SPRING

MATERIAL

Sealing component

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 88 NBR 101 88 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 88 NBR 101

4
Temperature range in °C
Merkel Cup Packing T without Spring
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFC fluids –30 … +60
Lip seal. Clamping flange for axial fixing in the housing. HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +90

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –


Single-acting piston seal for secondary applications
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60
and for spare parts requirement.
Mineral greases –30 … +100

Pressure p in MPa 1
APPLICATION
Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Standard cylinders.

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 359


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal. x2 ≤0,5.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø D D d

≤550 H11 h10

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The axial compression of the flange should be max. 10% of its thickness. Torque limiting is to be used. The metal

4
clamping parts must not apply any force to the transition zone from clamping flange to sealing lip. To improve the
fixing of the cup packing and sealing effect on the flat clamping side, the turning of one or two sealing grooves is
recommended.

360 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

MERKEL CHEVRON SEAL SET EK, EKV

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Roof shaped seal
Seal set for robust operating conditions, predominantly
the provision of spare parts for older plant. Merkel
Pressure ring Chevron Seal Set EK, EKV can be used for pistons with
pressure on one side or "back to back" for pistons with
pressure on both sides
Support ring • Proven under extreme conditions
• High durability
• Can be optimally adjusted to the related application
• Functions over a certain time period even with poor-
er surfaces
• Insensitive to soiling
Merkel Chevron Seal Set EK, EKV
• For application and design related reasons, fluctu-
ations in the leakage behaviour and in the friction 4
behaviour are to be expected.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Multi-part Merkel Chevron Seal Set comprising one APPLICATION


thrust ring, one or two seals and a back-up ring.
Injection moulding machines, presses, marine hydrau-
lics, scrap cutters, iron and steel industry, special cylin-
ders, steel hydraulics, engineering.

MATERIAL

Pressure ring

Material Code

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-FKM

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-NBR B259

Roof-shaped seal

Material Code

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-NBR

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-FKM

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 361


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

Back-up ring

Material Code

Cotton fabric/NBR BI-NBR

Cotton fabric/FKM BI-FKM

Polyacetal POM POM

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material BI-NBR / 85 NBR BI-FKM /85 FKM

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –15 … +140

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

4
HFC fluids –30 … +60 –15 … +60

HFD fluids – –15 … +140

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +80

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –15 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –15 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –15 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –15 … +140

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

362 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.


Nominal Ø D d

≤80 H9/f8

>80 … 120 H8/f8

>120 … 500 H8/f7

> 500 … 630 H8/f7

> 630 … 800 H8/f7

> 800 … 1000 H8/f7

>1000 … 1250 H8/f7

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø D D d1

≤500 H11 –0,3

>500 H10 –0,3

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 363


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

FORSEAL FOA MADE OF PTFE

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Axially moving piston seal, interchangeable for O-ring


housings (ARP568, MIL-P-5514)
• Extremely resistant to media and temperature
• Good dry running properties
• Low static and dynamic friction values.

APPLICATION

Hot water valves, accumulators, hydraulic and pneu-


matic cylinders as well as applications in food process-
Forseal FOA made of PTFE
ing, medical and chemical technology.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Single acting, U-ring type PTFE seal with metal tension


spring.

MATERIAL

Material Code Tension spring

PTFE carbon-filled PTFE 10/F56110 stainless steel (Material No. 1.4310)

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE 10/F56110 + 1.4310

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils, oil, water, steam, air, solvents, pharmaceutical


goods, foodstuffs or all media that do not attack PTFE and s­ tainless –200 … +260
steel

Pressure p in MPa 30

Running speed v in m/s 15

364 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Piston Seals

PTFE 10/F56110 +spring Hastelloy C276


Material
(Not available ex-works)

Temperature range in °C

Aggressive acids and alkalis –200 … +260

Pressure p in MPa 30

Running speed v in m/s 15

Turning-pivoting movements possible. No rotation.

Surface quality
Sealing surfaces, dynamic/static: → Fig.
Lead-in chamfers: Ra <1,6 µm
Sides of groove: Ra <2,5 µm
Engine oils

Granulate
Hydrogen

Bitumen
Grease

SAE
Water
Steam

Dust
10-50
Air

Ra
max.
1,5
Mean roughness R of the sealing surface

Static

1,0
a

0,5
Dynamic

0,1
Gaseous Liquid Solid
Combined state of the medium

Surface recommendation for sealing surfaces

DESIGN NOTES

Beside the default dimensions, all special dimensions considering the U-ring profiles are available on request with-
out surcharge for the tool. Dimensions available from Ø 10 (piston) to approx. 2000 mm. In general, installation is
only possible in split, axially a
­ ccessible grooves. Installation in half-open grooves possible in exceptional cases.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 365


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Wipers

PRE-SELECTION HYDRAULICS – WIPERS

Temperature figures refer to mineral oils. Due to the large choice of media with different and varying additives,
which is not always easily comprehensible, the above operating limits are only recommended values. We recom-
mend testing resistance in the specific case.
Individual instances of the operating limits stated may be exceeded taking into account the related operating condi-
tions. With a long duty cycle, stop-start operation or other difficult operating conditions it is recommended that these
values are not simultaneously exploited to the full.

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

PU 5

Static sealing lip Optimal price/performance


ratio, a
­ dditional static sealing
Wiper lip 95 AU V149 6195 A
lip protects against drawing-in
of dirt.

PU 6

High wear resistance, univer-


95 AU V149 sally ­applicable with extra
functions.

Profile d ≤ 70 Profile d > 70

PU 11

Sealing lips
Wiper lip With additional sealing
95 AU V149 6195 C
function.

PT 1

O-rings Stick-slip free operation, well


PTFE bronze NBR suited for regulation and po-
Profile ring PTFE bronze FKM sitioning tasks, high functional
PTFE glass NBR safety through additional seal-
ing edge.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

366 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Wipers

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B 2 –30 … +110

B 2 –30 … +110

B 1 –30 … +110

B 5 –30 … +100

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 367


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Wipers

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

PT 2

O-rings Outstanding regulation and


positioning in operation, stick-
PTFE bronze NBR
Profile ring slip free operation, specifically
PTFE bronze FKM
for large diameters and h­ eavy
duty hydraulic applications.

AUAS
Metal casing

Wiper lip With metal-reinforced punched


94 AU 925 6195 B
wiper lip.

AUAS R

With metal reinforcement


94 AU 925 6195 B
­radius on wiper lip.

AUPS

With metal reinforcement,


94 AU 925
­non‑protruding wiper lip.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

368 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Wipers

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
B 5 –30 … +100

B 2 –30 … +110

B 2 –30 … +110

B 2 –30 … +110

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 369


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER AS

APPLICATION
Metal casing
Standard cylinders.

Wiper lip
MATERIAL

Material Hardness Metal housing

Nitrile rubber
88 Shore A unalloyed steel
NBR

Merkel Wiper AS
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 88 NBR

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


Dirt wiper with metal housing; wiper lip protruding.
HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –
Single-acting wiper for the protection of cylinders
against ingress of dirt, use in standardised housings, Water +5 … +90
amongst others, according to ISO 6195 Type B. HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

370 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d DN

6 … 400 H8

The tolerance for the Ø dN is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Wiper AS. Generally, wipers can be quickly
and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 371


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER ASOB

APPLICATION

Standard cylinders.
Wiper lip

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber
88 NBR 101 88 Shore A
NBR

Merkel Wiper ASOB


OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 88 NBR 101


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Temperature range in °C

Dirt wiper with protruding wiper lip without metal rein- Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100
forcement. HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –
Single-acting wiper for the protection of cylinders Water +5 … +90
against ingress of dirt.
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

372 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

8 … 160 H11 H11

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the wiper.


Merkel Wiper ASOB wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 373


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER AUPS

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting wiper for the protection of cylinders


against ingress of dirt; especially also as protective
component and sealing component for pivoting bear-
ings, amongst others, in standardised housings accord-
ing to ISO 6195 Type B
• Secure seating in the housing (press fitting), no rota-
tion with the shaft on pivoting motion
• Re-greasing of pivoting bearings possible without
problems; lip opens at low overpressure; old grease
can escape
Merkel Wiper AUPS • Low axial housing height, wiper lip not protruding
• Axially open, easy to manufacture housing.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION APPLICATION

Dirt wiper with metal housing; wiper lip flush with Earth moving equipment, agricultural m ­ achinery,
­housing. loading platforms, pivoting pin seal, industrial vehicle,
cranes, support cylinders.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness Metal housing

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A unalloyed steel DIN 1624

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +40

374 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2 m/s

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm* ≤2,5 µm*

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

percentage contact area Mr>50% up to max 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.
* On usage as a wiper, surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D

30 … 100 H8

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Merkel Wiper AUPS wipers are pressed into axially open housings.
Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the wiper.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 375


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER AUAS

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting wiper for the protection of cylinders


against ingress of dirt, use in standardised housings,
amongst others, according to ISO 6195 Type B
• Secure seating in housing (press fitting)
• No open ring gap to the outside (dirt pocket)
­between rod and wiper housing
• No pressure build-up between wiper and seal
• Axially open, easy to manufacture housing
As a preference, we recommend the use of the more
modern type AUAS R. The wiper lip with a radius relia-
bly wipes away dirt and simultaneously leaves a resid-
Merkel Wiper AUAS
ual film of oil on the retracting rod; friction behaviour,
tightness and service life of the whole system are further
improved.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Dirt wiper with metal housing, wiper lip protruding with APPLICATION
sharp, punched sealing edge.
Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, load-
ing platforms, support cylinders, industrial vehicles,
cranes, presses.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness Metal housing

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A unalloyed steel DIN 1624

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +40

376 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D

10 … 260 H8

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The Merkel Wiper AUAS is pressed into axially open housings.


Careful fitting is a p
­ rerequisite for the correct function of the wiper.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 377


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER AUAS R

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting wiper for the protection of cylinders


against ingress of dirt, use in standardised housings,
amongst others, according to ISO 6195 Type B
• Secure seating in housing (press fitting)
No open ring gap to the outside (dirt pocket) b ­ etween
rod and wiper housing
• No pressure build-up between wiper and seal
• Axially open, easy to manufacture housing
As a preference, we recommend the use of the modern
type AUAS R. The wiper lip with a radius reliably wipes
away dirt and simultaneously leaves a residual film
Merkel Wiper AUAS R („Radius“)
of oil on the retracting rod; friction behaviour, tightness
and service life of the whole system are further
improved.
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Dirt wiper with metal housing, wiper lip protruding; APPLICATION


AUAS with slightly rounded sealing edge.
Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, load-
ing platforms, support cylinders, industrial vehicles,
cranes, presses.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness Metal housing

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A unalloyed steel DIN 1624

378 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +40

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D

10 … 260 H8

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

The Merkel Wiper AUAS R is pressed into axially open housings.


Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the wiper.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 379


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER AUASOB

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Dirt wiper without metal reinforcement, protruding wip-


er lip and base face support.
Wiper lip
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting wiper for the protection of cylinders


against ingress of dirt, use in standardised housings
­according to ISO 6195 Type A.

Merkel Wiper AUASOB


APPLICATION

Standard cylinders.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +40

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2

380 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the wiper.


Merkel Wiper AUASOB can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 381


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER P 6

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

NBR dirt wiper that is primarily used for large diameters


• Good seating at the outside diameter
Wiper lip • Very good wiping action
• Wiper can be used for a wide temperature range
• No twisting in the housing and no pressure build-up
between seal and wiper.

APPLICATION

Steel hydraulics engineering, mills, presses.


Merkel Wiper P 6

MATERIAL
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material Code Hardness
Single-acting elastomeric dirt wiper with bearing Nitrile rubber
85 NBR B247 85 Shore A
­segments. NBR

Fluoro rubber
85 FKM K664 85 Shore A
FKM

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 85 NBR B247 85 FKM K664

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –10 … +200

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –

HFD fluids – –10 … +200

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +80

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –10 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –10 … +200

Running speed v in m/s 2

382 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

20 … 2900 H10 H11

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Wiper P 6.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 383


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER PU 5

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Single-acting wiper, use also in standar­dised housings


Static sealing lip according to ISO 6195 Type A
• Additional static sealing lip prevents ingress of dirt
Wiper lip and water spray
• Wiper lip with slightly rounded sealing edge reliably
wipes dirt away and leaves a residual oil film on the
retracting rod; friction behaviour and service life are
improved
• The support on the wiper heel prevents twisting in the
groove as well as pressure build-up between wiper
and seal.
Merkel Wiper PU 5

APPLICATION
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, injec-
Dirt wiper with additional static sealing lip and bearing tion moulding machines, telescopic cylinders, presses,
segments; sealing edge of wiper lip slightly rounded. industrial vehicles, cranes, mining, loading platforms,
support cylinders.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V149 95 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V149

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50

384 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 95 AU V149

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

16 … 200 H11 H11

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Wiper PU 5.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 385


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER PU 6

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Dirt wiper with bearing segments on the heel of the wip-


er and lightly rounded wiper lip
• No ingress of dirt and water spray via outside
• diameter
• Reliably wipes away dirt
• Leaves a residual film of oil on retracting rod
• No twisting and pressure build-up between seal and
Profile d ≤ 70 Profile d > 70 wiper
• Highly wear-resistant.

Merkel Wiper PU 6
APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, presses, mining, injection


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION moulding machines, support cylinders.

Single-acting PUR wiper with static sealing edge on the


outside diameter.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V149 95 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V149

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50

386 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 95 AU V149

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

12 … 200 H10 H11

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Wiper PU 6.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 387


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL WIPER PU 7

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Metal cage PUR wiper for axially accessible housings, amongst


others, for standardised housings according to
Wiper lip ISO 6195 Type B.
• Secure seating in housing (press fitting)
• Made of highly wear-resistant polyurethane
• No open ring gap to the outside (dirt pocket) be-
tween rod and housing
• Easy to manufacture housing
• No corrosion between housing and wiper cage.

Merkel Wiper PU 7
APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, presses,


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION mining, injection moulding machines, support cylinders,
agricultural machinery, cranes, loading platforms, tele-
Single-acting dirt wiper made of polyurethane with inte- scopic cylinders.
grated metal cage.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V149 95 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V149

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50

388 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 95 AU V149

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110

Running speed v in m/s 2

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D

10 … 150 H8

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Wiper PU 7.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 389


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER P 8

MATERIAL

D <200 mm

Sealing lips Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber
Wiper lip NBR
90 NBR 109 90 Shore A

D >200 mm

Material Code Hardness

Fluoro rubber
85 NBR B247 85 Shore A
Merkel Double Wiper P 8 FKM

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

90 NBR B283/
Elastomer double wiper.
Material 85 NBR B247/
90 NBR 109

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100


The Merkel Double Wiper P 8 exerts inwards the wip- HFA fluids +5 … +60
ing function of a U-ring, and a wiping action outwards
HFB fluids +5 … +60
against soiling
• Strong wiping action against dirt HFC fluids –30 … +60
• Very good sealing effect against residual film of oil HFD fluids –
on the extending rod
Water +5 … +100
• Wear-resistant.
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80


APPLICATION
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Industrial vehicles, injection moulding machines, press- Mineral greases –30 … +100
es. Merkel Double Wipers P 8 are preferably fitted Running speed v in m/s 1
in combination with our rod sealing systems Merkel
Omegat OMS‑MR and Merkel Omegat OMS-S. We
recommend in any case the provision of a pressure
relieving bore in front of the double wiper in order to
avoid a pressure build-up between seal and wiper.

390 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1 D2

16 … 1000 H10 JS11 H10

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Double Wiper P 8.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 391


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER P 9

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

The Merkel Double Wiper P 9 exerts inwards the wip-


ing function of a U-ring, and a wiping action outwards
Sealing lips against soiling
Wiper lip • Intermediate sizes without mould/tool possible
• Strong wiping action against dirt
• Very good sealing effect against residual film of oil
on the extending rod
• Wear-resistant.

APPLICATION
Merkel Double Wiper P 9

Injection moulding machines, presses, large standard


cylinders. The Merkel Double Wiper P 9 is preferably
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION fitted in combination with our rod sealing systems. We
recommend in any case the provision of a pressure
Elastomer double wiper especially for large diameters. relieving bore in front of the double wiper in order to
avoid a pressure build-up between seal and wiper.

MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR 85 NBR B247 85 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 85 NBR B247

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +100

392 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 85 NBR B247

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +100

Running speed v in m/s 1

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

16 … 2000 H10 +0,2

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Double Wiper P 9.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 393


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER PRW 1 WITH INTEGRATED PRESSURE RELIEF

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Double wiper for housings based on ISO 6195 Type A


• No pressure build-up between wiper and rod seal
due to integrated pressure relief (patented).
• Improved sealing of overall system due to dynamic
sealing lip with punched sealing edge.
• Wiping lip has outstanding wiping a­ ction against dirt
• Static sealing lip for additional protection against
ingress of dirt and water.

Merkel Double Wiper PRW 1


APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, loading


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION platforms, agricultural ­machinery, cranes, support
cylinders.
Merkel Double Wiper PRW 1 with integrated pres-
sure-relief function and special sealing and wiping edge
geometry. MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

Polyurethane 92 AU 21100 92 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 94 AU 925 92 AU 21100

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110 –40 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50 +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40 –40 … +40

HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +40 +5 … +40

394 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Material 94 AU 925 92 AU 21100

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60 –40 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –40 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +40 –40 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +110 –40 … +100

Running speed v in m/s 0,6 0,6

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The largest gap dimension occurring on the non-pressurised side of the seal in operation is of vital importance for
the function of the seal.

Profile dimension Max. permissible gap dimension

16 MPa 26 MPa 32 MPa

4,0 … 5,0 0,50 0,40 0,35

>5,0 … 7,5 0,55 0,45 0,40

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


During the design of D2, the admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load
are to be taken into consideration.

Nominal Ø d d D

≤180 f8 H11

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Double Wiper PRW 1.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 395


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER PT 1

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

O-rings Double wiper for improvement of total tightness. Merkel


Double Wiper PT 1 is preferably fitted in combination
with our rod seals Merkel Omegat OMS-MR, Merkel
Profile ring
Compact Seal T 20 or Merkel U­­‑Ring LF 300
• Low friction, free of stick-slip
• Excellent regulation and positioning in operation
• Material variants for short stroke and high frequency;
available on enquiry
• High reliability, can accept the full o­ perating pres-
sure for short periods.
We recommend a pressure relieving bore. With buffer
Merkel Double Wiper PT 1
seals with good d ­ eformation value, pressure relief
is not necessary. In any case, on the combination of
seals without sufficient deformation v­ alue, e.g. Merkel
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Compact Seal NI 300, KI 310 and KI 320, a pressure
relieving bore is required.
Merkel Double Wiper PT 1 consisting of one profile
ring made of PTFE with a sealing edge and a wiper
edge, as well as two O-rings as sealing and pre-load APPLICATION
components.
Industrial vehicles, injection moulding machines, han-
dling equipment, presses, agricultural machinery, mills,
control and regulation equipment, large cylinders.

MATERIAL

Profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

PTFE glass/MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

O‑ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR NBR 70 Shore A

Fluoro rubber FKM 70 Shore A

396 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE B602/NBR PTFE B602/FKM PTFE GM201/NBR PTFE GM201/FKM

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –10 … +200 –30 … +100 –10 … +150

HFA fluids – – +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids – – +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids – – –30 … +60 –10 … +40

HFD fluids – –10 … +20 – –10 … +150

Water – – +5 … +100 +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –10 … +80 –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –10 … +100 –30 … +60 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –10 … +80 –30 … +60 –10 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –10 … +200 –30 … +100 –10 … +150

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes in.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

20 … 800 H9 H10

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Double Wiper PT 1.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 397


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER PT 2

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

O-rings Double wiper for improvement of total tightness. The


Merkel Double Wiper PT 2 is mainly fitted in combi-
nation with our rod seals Merkel Omegat OMS-S. A
Profile ring pressure relieving bore is to be provided between seal
and wiper
• Excellent regulation and positioning in operation
• Low friction, free of stick-slip
• Material variants for short stroke and high frequency;
available on enquiry
• Especially suitable for large diameters.
Merkel Double Wiper PT 2

APPLICATION

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Injection moulding machines, presses, mills, steel


­hydraulics engineering.
Merkel Double Wiper PT 2 consisting of one profile
ring made from PTFE with a sealing edge and a wiper
edge, as well as two O-rings as sealing and pre-load
components.

MATERIAL

Profile ring

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B602

O‑ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR NBR 70 Shore A

Fluoro rubber FKM 70 Shore A

398 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 85 NBR B247 85 FKM K664

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –10 … +200

HFA fluids – –

HFB fluids – –

HFC fluids – –

HFD fluids – –10 … +200

Water – –

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –10 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –10 … +200

Running speed v in m/s 5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Side of groove ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

100 … 1200 H8 H8

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Double Wiper PT 2.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.
For diameters from >100 mm to 150 mm, a fitting tool is required. Under 100 mm, no fitting in plunge-cut groove is
possible.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 399


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

MERKEL DOUBLE WIPER PU 11

APPLICATION

Industrial vehicles, injection moulding machines, stand-


Sealing lips ard cylinders.
Wiper lip
MATERIAL

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 95 AU V142 95 Shore A

Merkel Double Wiper PU 11 OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 AU V142

Temperature range in °C
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110
U-ring with wiper lip (double-lip wiper); sealing edge of HFA fluids +5 … +50
wiper lip lightly rounded.
HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50
Double wiper for improvement of total tightness; di-
mensions also for standardised housing according to HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60
ISO 6195 Type C HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80
• Sealing lips pointing inwards fulfil the function of HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
a U-ring
• Wiper lip with lightly rounded sealing edge reliably Mineral greases –30 … +110
wipes away dirt and leaves a residual oil film on the Running speed v in m/s 1
retracting rod
• Tightness, service life and friction behaviour of the
entire system are improved.
Merkel Double Wiper PU 11 can take pressures up
to 1,6 MPa. If higher p­ ressures can build, up we rec-
ommend a pressure relieving bore between seal and
wiper.

400 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Wipers

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface * *

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

* Surface roughness of the sliding surface to suit the sealing component used.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d D D1

12 … 200 H11 H11

The tolerance for the Ø d is defined by the buffer seal.

Lead-in chamfers
Length and angle are to be designed to suit the rod seal used.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the Merkel Double Wiper PU 11.
Generally, wipers can be quickly and easily fitted by deforming into a kidney shape.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 401


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Guides

PRE-SELECTION HYDRAULICS – GUIDES

Temperature figures refer to mineral oils. Due to the large choice of media with different and varying additives,
which is not always easily comprehensible, the above operating limits are only recommended values. We recom-
mend testing resistance in the specific case.
Individual instances of the operating limits stated may be exceeded taking into account the related operating
conditions. With a long duty cycle, stop-start operation or other difficult operating conditions it is recommended that
these values are not simultaneously exploited to the full.

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

SB

High load-bearing capacity,


Hard fabric 10766
­universally applicable.

KB

High load-bearing capacity,


Hard fabric 10766
­universally applicable.

SF

Free of stick-slip, good dam-


PTFE bronze 10766 ping and emergency running
characteristics.

KF

Free of stick-slip, good dam-


PTFE bronze 10766 ping and emergency running
characteristics.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

402 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Guides

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
<50 N/mm²
1 –40 … +120
at 60 °C

<50 N/mm²
1 –40 … +120
at 60 °C

<15 N/mm²
5 –40 … +200
at 20 °C

<15 N/mm²
5 –40 … +200
at 20 °C

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 403


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Guides

Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Guivex SBK Patented geometry for an even


­distribution of stress, reduced
Hard fabric 10766 total friction and wear, space-
saving and cost-effective
design possible.

Guivex KBK Patented geometry for an even


­distribution of stress, reduced
Hard fabric 10766 total friction and wear, space-
saving and cost-effective
design possible.

FRI

Polyamide 10766 For loads up to 40 N/mm².

FRA

Polyamide 10766 For loads up to 40 N/mm².

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

404 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Guides

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
<60 N/mm²
1 –40 … +120
at 120 °C

<60 N/mm²
1 –40 … +120
at 120 °C

<40 N/mm²
1 –30 … +100
at 20 °C

<40 N/mm²
1 –30 … +100
at 20 °C

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 405


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING EKF

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PA 4201

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +50

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +50
Merkel Guide Ring EKF
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Mineral greases –30 … +100
Slit, non-metallic Merkel Guide Ring EKF. Running speed v in m/s 1

Loading
≤25 N/mm² bei 20 °C
(permitted specific surface
≤15 N/mm² bei 100 °C
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES pressure*)

* For the simple determination of the loading, a constant surface


Non-metallic guide element for pistons.
pressure is calculated using the projected area (D x H). The actual
surface pressure is clearly greater in the centre of the surface than
the calculated surface pressure. This is taken into account in the
APPLICATION value for the permissible specific surface pressure.

Standard cylinders, mobile hydraulics, injection mould- Surface quality


ing machines.
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness

MATERIAL Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm


Material Code Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm
Polyamide PA 4201
Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

406 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes

Tolerance recommendation

D1 dF dF1

H8 h8 h9

The tolerances give are recommended values. The usage of the guide and tolerance definition are to be considered
in connection with the seal employed. The diameter dF1 given in the table of dimensions is to be considered exclu-
sively in relation to the guide ring. The corresponding diameter for the adjacent seal housing is to be matched to the
sealing component.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Merkel Guide Ring EKF can be easily snapped into the housing groove.
Careful fitting is a prerequisite for correct function.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 407


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING FRA

MATERIAL

Material Code

Filled polyamide PA 4112

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PA 4112
Material
(filled polyamide)

Temperature range in °C

Merkel Guide Ring FRA Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFC fluids –30 … +50

HFD fluids –
Slit, non-metallic Merkel Guide Ring FRA.
Water +5 … +50

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50


As a non-metallic guide element for pistons, for
standardised housings, amongst others, according to Mineral greases –30 … +100

ISO 10766 Running speed in m/s 1


• No seizure due to metal/plastic materials Load
combination ≤40 N/mm2 bei 20 °C
(permitted specific surface
≤30 N/mm2 bei 100 °C
• Medium load-bearing capacity pressure*)
• Chamfered profile edges prevent pressing of edge * For the simple determination of the load, a constant surface pres-
into the corner radii of the housing groove
sure is calculated using the projected area (D x H). The actual sur-
• Simple snap-in fitting. face pressure is clearly greater in the centre of the surface than the
calculated surface pressure. This is taken into account in the value for
the permissible specific surface pressure.
APPLICATION

Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, agricultural


machinery, cranes.

408 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm

Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

D dF dF1

H8 h8 h9

The tolerances give are recommended values. The usage of the guide and tolerance definition are to be considered
in relation to the seal employed. The diameter dF1 given in the table of dimensions is to be considered exclusively
in connection with the guide ring. The corresponding diameter for the adjacent seal housing is to be matched to the
sealing component.

Manufacturing tolerance

D Production tolerance profile thickness S

≤120 –0,1

>120 –0,15

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Merkel Guide Ring FRA can be easily snapped into the housing groove.
Careful fitting is a prerequisite for correct function.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 409


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING KB

MATERIAL

Slotted Ring ≤300

Material Code

Fabric-base laminate HGW HG517

Ready to fit strip cut to size >300

Material Code

Fabric-base laminate HGW HG600

Merkel Guide Ring KB


OPERATING CONDITIONS

HGW HG517/
Material
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HGW HG600

Temperature range in °C
Non-metallic Merkel Guide Ring KB.
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –40 … +120

HFA fluids +5 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –40 … +60


Non-metallic guide element for pistons, also for stand-
ardised housings according to ISO 10766 HFD fluids –40 … +120
• Metal/fabric-base laminate materials combination Water +5 … +60
prevents “seizing”
HETG (rapeseed oil) –40 … +80
• High load-bearing capacity, elastic (not plastic)
­behaviour up to break point HEES (synthetic ester) –40 … +100
• Chamfered profile edges prevent pressing of edge HEPG (glycol) –40 … +80
into the corner radii of the housing groove
Mineral greases –40 … +120
• Simple snap-in fitting (d ≤300).
Surface quality
APPLICATION
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness
Earth moving equipment, agricultural machinery, in-
jection moulding machines, loading platforms, support Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

cylinders, industrial vehicles, cranes, presses, steel Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm


­hydraulics engineering. Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth


c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

410 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

DESIGN NOTES
F
Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

d1

H8

The tolerance definition for the dimensions D and d1


must be viewed in relation to the seal used. The diame-
ter D1 specified in the table of dimensions is to is to be
viewed exclusively in connection with the guide ring.
The corresponding diameter of an ad­jacent seal hous-
ing should match the sealing component.

Manufacturing tolerance
F
Profile thickness S

–0,02 … –0,08

Surface load

Profile thickness S

p <50 N/mm² up to 60 °C

p <25 N/mm² up to 100 °C

For running speed, see sealing system. H

Surface force
The pressure distribution on the guide rings is non-linear.
The non-linear pressure curve over the contact range
was taken into account when calculating the permissible
F = PxA
specific surface pressure. The permissible load on the
H= F / (d x P)
guide strip is calculated by multiplying the projected
area with the permissible specific surface pressure.
H= guide strip width [mm]
However, the figure for the permissible specific surface
F = radial load [N]
pressure takes into account the possible angular offset
A= projected area [mm²]
of the piston when using the recommended guide
P = perm. compression per unit area
elements.
[N/mm²]
d = rod diameter
with rod guidance;
piston diameter with
piston guidance [mm].

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 411


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING GUIVEX KBK

APPLICATION

Long stroke cylinders (piston rod bowing under load),


short guide distances (lateral buckling of the piston
rod), short stroke (inadequate lubrication) friction-opti-
mised sealing systems, additional item for metal guides,
mobile hydraulics, heavy-duty hydraulics.

MATERIAL

Ø range ≤300
Merkel Guide Ring Guivex KBK Material Code Colour

Fabric-base
HGW HG517 Dark grey
laminate

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Fabric-base HGW HG650 Red


laminate

Profiled Merkel Guide Ring Guivex KBK made from fab-


ric-base laminate. Patented product design (patent-no.: Ø range >300
PCT/EP95/03874).
Material Code Colour

Fabric-base
HGW HG650 Red
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES laminate

Merkel KBK guide rings offer clear advantages over


conventional guide strips/rings, designed for standard- OPERATING CONDITIONS
ised housings according to ISO 10766 amongst others
• Interchangeable to existing operating environments Material
HGW HG517/
of the types SB and SF HGW HG650

• High radial load Temperature range in °C


• Very good utilisation of the guide length through Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –40 … +120
even distribution of stress
• Improved drawing-in of lubricating medium through HFA fluids +5 … +60

optimised distribution of stress in the contact zone HFB fluids +5 … +60


between guide bush and counter-acting surface HFC fluids –40 … +60
• Reduced stick-slip tendency
HFD fluids –40 … +120
• Outstanding running behaviour with short guide
­distances (no clamping). Water +5 … +60

HETG (rapeseed oil) –40 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –40 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –40 … +80

Mineral greases –40 … +120

412 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Surface quality Tolerance


Production tolerance profile thickness S
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness –0,01 … –0,06

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm


Surface load
Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm
The value for the specific compression per unit area is
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm dependent on the operating temperature and the size
of the elastic deformation (deflection ) of the guide
ercentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. element. The maximum possible deflection is limited in
a sealing system by the smallest gap dimension behind
The long-term behaviour of the sealing component as the primary seal.
well as the security against early failures are primarily
determined by the quality of the counter-acting surface. Deflection
This means that the surface must be precisely described e1 = 0,10 for s = 2,5
and evaluated. Based on current knowledge we recom- e1 = 0,15 for s = 4,0
mend supplementing the above definition of the surface e2 = 0,15 for s = 2,5
quality of the sliding surface with the quantities in the e2 = 0,20 for s = 4,0
following table. The previous general description of the
material component is significantly improved with the 85
e2
new quantities from the material component, particu- e1
75
larly with reference to the abrasiveness of the surface.
Spec. Surface pressure (N/mm2)

65

DESIGN NOTES 55

45
The diameter D1 given in the table of dimensions is to
be considered exclusively in relation to the guide ring. 35

The corresponding diameter for the adjacent seal hous-


25
ing is to be matched to the sealing component. 60 80 100 120
Temperature (°C)

Sliding surfaces
Special surface pressure for parallel load
Characteristic value Limit position

Ra >0,05 mm … 0,30 mm

Rmax <2,50 mm

Rpkx <0,50 mm

Rpk <0,50 mm

Rk >0,25 mm … 0,70 mm

Rvk >0,20 mm … 0,65 mm

Rvkx >0,20 mm … 2,00 mm

The limit values listed in the table are not currently appli-
cable for ceramic or partial ceramic counter-surfaces.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 413


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Radial load
The pressure distribution on the guide rings is non-linear. The non-linear pressure curve over the contact range was
taken into account when calculating the permissible specific surface pressure. The required guide width can be cal-
culated using the following formulas. Taking the increased service life into consideration, a reduction of the load by
selection of a wide guide can make sense in individual cases.

F F

F = PxA P = perm. compression per unit area


H= F / (d x P) [N/mm²]
d = rod diameter with rod guidance;
H= guide strip width [mm] piston diameter with
F = radial load [N] piston guidance [mm].
A= projected area [mm²]

Mode of operation

Rectangular guide ring: stress peaks in the edge area Merkel Guide Ring Guivex KBK: even distribution of stress

414 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE STRIP KF

MATERIAL

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B500

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE B500

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –40 … +200


Merkel Guide Strip KF
HFA fluids –

HFB fluids –

HFC fluids –
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFD fluids –40 … +200
Non-metallic Merkel Guide Strip KF, available ready to Water –
fit cut to size or by the metre. HETG (rapeseed oil) –40 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –40 … +100

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HEPG (glycol) –40 … +80

Mineral greases –40 … +200


Non-metallic guide element for pistons, also for stand-
ardised housings as per ISO 10766
• Low friction, free of stick-slip. Surface quality

Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness
APPLICATION
Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Injection moulding machines, control and regulation Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm


equipment, handling equipment. Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c =


Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 415


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

DESIGN NOTES Manufacturing tolerance

Please observe our general design notes. Production tolerance profile thickness S

–0,05
Calculating straight length L2

L2 Production tolerances Surface load


>20 … 80 … 0,5
p <15 N/mm² up to 20 °C
>80 … 250 … 1,0
p <7,5 N/mm² up to 80 °C
>250 … 500 … 1,5
p <5 N/mm² up to 120 °C
>500 … 1000 … 2,0
For running speed, see sealing system.
>1000 … 2000 … 3,0

>2000 … 4000 … 4,0 Cutting rolls to size


The following dimensions are available from stock
Tolerance recommendation by the metre. The straight length L2 of blanks is to be
determined using the formula. The gap k produced
d1 after fitting is necessary due to thermal expansion. We
h8 recommend a straight cut on the strips. On impact at
an angle the tips may be damaged and break-off. Our
The tolerance definition for the dimensions D and dF
cutter (Article No. 507228) facilitates time-saving and
must be viewed in connection with the seal used. The di-
accurate cutting to size.
ameter D1 specified in the table of dimensions is to is to
be viewed exclusively in relation to the guide ring. The
corresponding diameter of an adjoining seal housing
should be tailored to the sealing component.

416 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Calculating stretched length L2 for rods:


L2 = (D – S) x 3,11 – 0,5

L2
Ø D Ø d

Groove length L Profile thickness S Article No.

8 2,5 24226174

9,7 2,5 24102775

10 2,5 24102563

12 2,5 24099191

15 2,5 24102564

20 2,5 24076217

25 2,5 24107955

15 4,0 24160019

20 4,0 24238052

25 4,0 24148093

Surface force
The pressure distribution on the guide rings is non-linear. The non-linear pressure curve over the contact range was
taken into account when calculating the permissible specific surface pressure. The permissible load on the guide
strip is calculated by multiplying the projected area with the permissible specific surface pressure. However, the fig-
ure for the permissible specific surface pressure takes into account the possible angular offset of the piston when the
recommended guide elements are used.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 417


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

F F

F = PxA
H= F / (d x P)

H= guide strip width [mm]


F = radial loading [N]
A= projected area [mm²]
P = perm. compression per unit area
[N/mm²]
d = rod diameter with rod guidance;
piston diameter with
piston guidance [mm].

418 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING FRI

MATERIAL

Material Code

Filled polyamide PA 4112

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PA 4112
Material
(filled polyamide)

Temperature range in °C
Merkel Guide Ring FRI Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFC fluids –30 … +50

HFD fluids –
Slit, non-metallic Merkel Guide Ring FRI.
Water +5 … +50

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80

Non-metallic guide element for rods; for standardised HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

housings amongst others, according to ISO 10766 Mineral greases –30 … +100
• No seizure due to metal/plastic materials Running speed in m/s 1
combination
Load
• Medium load-bearing capacity (permitted specific surface
≤40 N/mm2 bei 20 °C
• Chamfered profile edges prevent pressing of edge pressure*)
≤30 N/mm2 bei 100 °C
into the corner radii of the housing groove
• Simple snap-in fitting. * For the simple determination of the load, a constant surface pres-
sure is calculated using the projected area (d x H). The actual sur-
face pressure is clearly greater in the centre of the surface than the
calculated surface pressure. This is taken into account in the value for
APPLICATION the permissible specific surface pressure.

Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, agricultural


machinery, cranes.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 419


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm

Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

d DF DF1

f8 H8 H9

The tolerances give are recommended values. The usage of the guide and tolerance definition are to be considered
in connection with the seal employed. The diameter DF1 given in the table of dimensions is to be considered exclu-
sively in relation to the guide ring. The corresponding diameter for the adjacent seal housing is to be matched to the
sealing component.

Manufacturing tolerance

Production tolerance profile thickness S

–0,1

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Merkel Guide Ring FRI can be easily snapped into the housing groove.
Careful fitting is a prerequisite for correct function.

420 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING GUIVEX SBK

APPLICATION

Long stroke cylinders (piston rod bowing under load),


short guide distances (lateral buckling of the piston
rod), short stroke (inadequate lubrication) friction-opti-
mised sealing systems, additional item for metal guides,
mobile hydraulics, heavy-duty hydraulics.

MATERIAL

Ø range ≤300
Merkel Guide Ring Guivex SBK Material Code Colour

Fabric-base
HGW HG517 Dark grey
laminate

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Fabric-base


HGW HG650 Red
laminate

Profiled Merkel Guide Ring Guivex SBK made from fab-


ric-base laminate. ­Patented product design (patent-no.: Ø range >300
PCT/EP95/03874).
Material Code Colour

Fabric-base
HGW HG650 Red
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES laminate

Merkel SBK guide rings offer clear advantages over


conventional guide strips/rings, designed for standard- OPERATING CONDITIONS
ised housings according to ISO 10766 amongst others
• Interchangeable to existing operating environments Material
HGW HG517/
of the types SB and SF HGW HG650
• High radial load Temperature range in °C
• Very good utilisation of the guide length through Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –40 … +120
even distribution of stress
• Improved drawing-in of lubricating medium through HFA fluids +5 … +60
optimised distribution of stress in the contact zone HFB fluids +5 … +60
between guide ring and counter-acting surface
HFC fluids –40 … +60
• Reduced stick-slip tendency
• Outstanding running behaviour with short guide dis- HFD fluids –40 … +120
tances (no clamping). Water +5 … +60

HETG (rapeseed oil) –40 … +80

HEES (synthetic ester) –40 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –40 … +80

Mineral greases –40 … +120

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 421


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Surface quality Tolerance

Surface Production tolerance profile thickness S


Ra Rmax
roughness
–0,01 … –0,06
Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm Surface load


The value for the specific compression per unit area is
Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm
dependent on the operating temperature and the size
Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth of the elastic deformation (deflection ) of the guide
c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. element. The maximum possible deflection is limited in
a sealing system by the smallest gap dimension behind
The long-term behaviour of the sealing component as
the primary seal.
well as the security against early failures are primarily
determined by the quality of the counter-acting surface.
Deflection
This means that the surface must be precisely described
e1 = 0,10 for s = 2,5
and eva­luated. Based on current knowledge we recom-
e1 = 0,15 for s = 4,0
mend supplementing the above definition of the surface
e2 = 0,15 for s = 2,5
quality of the sliding surface with the quantities in the
e2 = 0,20 for s = 4,0
following table. The previous general description of the
material component is significantly improved with the 85
new quantities from the material component, particu- e2
e1
larly with reference to the abrasiveness of the surface. 75
Spec. Surface pressure (N/mm2)

65

DESIGN NOTES 55

45
The diameter D1 given in the table of dimensions is to
be considered exclusively in relation to the guide bush. 35
The corresponding diameter for the adjacent seal hous-
ing is to be matched to the sealing component. 25
60 80 100 120
Temperature (°C)

Sliding surfaces
Special surface pressure for parallel load
Characteristic value Limit position

Ra >0,05 mm … 0,30 mm

Rmax <2,50 mm

Rpkx <0,50 mm

Rpk <0,50 mm

Rk >0,25 mm … 0,70 mm

Rvk >0,20 mm … 0,65 mm

Rvkx >0,20 mm … 2,00 mm

The limit values listed in the table are not currently appli-
cable for ceramic or partial ceramic counter-surfaces.

422 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

Radial load
The pressure distribution on the guide rings is non-linear. The non-linear pressure curve over the contact range was
taken into account when calculating the permissible specific surface pressure. The required guide width can be cal-
culated using the following formulas. Taking the increased service life into consideration, a reduction of the load by
selection of a wide guide can make sense in individual cases.

F F

F = PxA P = perm. compression per unit area


H= F / (d x P) [N/mm²]
d = rod diameter with rod guidance;
H= guide strip width [mm] piston diameter with
F = radial load [N] piston guidance [mm].
A= projected area [mm²]

Mode of operation

Rectangular guide ring: stress peaks in the edge area Merkel Guide Ring Guivex SBK: even distribution of stress

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 423


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE RING SB

MATERIAL

Slotted ring ≤300

Material Code

Fabric-base laminate HGW HG517

Fabric-base laminate HGW HG650

Ready to fit strip cut to size >300

Material Code

Fabric-base laminate HGW HG600


Merkel Guide Ring SB

OPERATING CONDITIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HGW HG517/
Material
HGW HG600
Non-metallic Merkel Rod Guide Ring SB.
Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –40 … +120


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60


As a non-metallic guide element for rods, also for stand-
ardised housings according to ISO 10766 HFC fluids –40 … +60
• Metal/fabric-base laminate materials combination HFD fluids –40 … +120
prevents “seizing”
Water +5 … +60
• High load-bearing capacity, elastic (not plastic) be-
haviour up to break point HETG (rapeseed oil) –40 … +80

• Chamfered profile edges prevent pressing of edge HEES (synthetic esters) –40 … +100
into the corner radii of the housing groove
HEPG (glycol) –40 … +80
• Simple snap-in fitting (d ≤300).
Mineral greases –40 … +120

APPLICATION Surface quality

Earth moving equipment, industrial vehicles, agricul- Surface


Ra Rmax
roughness
tural machinery, cranes, injection moulding machines,
loading platforms, steel hydraulics engineering, presses, Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm
support cylinders. Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm

Groove flanks ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth


c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

424 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

DESIGN NOTES
F
Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation

D1

H8

The tolerance definition for the dimensions D and d must


be viewed in relation to the seal used. The diameter D1
specified in the table of dimensions is to is to be viewed
exclusively in connection with the guide ring. The corre-
sponding diameter of an adjacent seal housing should H

be tailored to the sealing component.

Manufacturing tolerance

Profile thickness S

–0,02 … –0,08

F
Surface load

Profile thickness S

p <50 N/mm² up to 60 °C

p <25 N/mm² up to 100 °C

For running speed, see sealing system.

Surface force
The pressure distribution on the guide rings is non-linear.
The non-linear pressure curve over the contact range
was taken into account when calculating the permissible
specific surface pressure. The permissible load on the
guide strip is calculated by multiplying the projected
area with the permissible specific surface pressure.
However, the figure for the permissible specific surface
pressure takes into account the possible angular offset
of the rods when using the recommended guide ele- F = PxA
ments. H = F / (d x P)

H = guide strip width [mm]


F = radial load [N]
A = projected area [mm²]
P = perm. compression per unit area
[N/mm²]
d = rod diameter with rod guidance;
piston diameter with
piston guidance [mm].

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 425


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

MERKEL GUIDE STRIP SF

MATERIAL

Material Code

PTFE bronze compound PTFE B500

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE B500

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –40 … +200


Merkel Guide Strip SF HFA fluids –

HFB fluids –

HFC fluids –
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFD fluids –40 … +200

Water –
Non-metallic Merkel Guide Strip SF, available ready to
fit cut to size or by the metre. HETG (rapeseed oil) –40 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –40 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –40 … +80


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Mineral greases –40 … +200
As a non-metallic guide element for rods, also for stand-
ardised housings according to ISO 10766 Surface quality
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness
APPLICATION Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤2 µm ≤10,0 µm


Control and regulation equipment, handling equipment,
injection moulding machines. Side of groove ≤3 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth


c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

426 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

DESIGN NOTES Manufacturing tolerance

Please observe our general design notes Production tolerance profile thickness S

–0,05
Calculating straight length L2

L2 Production tolerances Surface load


>20 … 80 … 0,5
p <15 N/mm² up to 20 °C
>80 … 250 … 1,0
p <7,5 N/mm² up to 80 °C
>250 … 500 … 1,5
p <5 N/mm² up to 120 °C
>500 … 1000 … 2,0
For running speed, see sealing system.
>1000 … 2000 … 3,0

>2000 … 4000 … 4,0 Cutting rolls to size


The following dimensions are available from stock
Tolerance recommendation by the metre. The straight length L2 of blanks is to be
determined using the formula. The gap k produced
D1
after fitting is necessary due to thermal expansion. We
H8 recommend a straight cut on the strips. In the event of
butt joints the tips may be damaged and break-off. Our
The tolerance definition for the dimensions D and dF
cutter (Article No. 507228) facilitates time-saving and
must be viewed in connection with the seal used. The di-
accurate cutting to size.
ameter d1 specified in the table of dimensions is to is to
be viewed exclusively in relation to the guide ring. The
corresponding diameter of an adjacent seal housing
should be tailored to the sealing com­ponent.

Calculation of the straight length L2 for rods:


L2 = (d + S) x 3,11 – 0,5
H
S

L2

Ø D Ø d
k

Groove length L Profile thickness S Article No.

8 2,5 24226174

9,7 2,5 24102775

10 2,5 24102563

12 2,5 24099191

15 2,5 24102564

20 2,5 24076217

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 427


Products I Hydraulics I Guides

L2
Ø D Ø d

k
Groove length L Profile thickness S Article No.

25 2,5 24107955

15 4,0 24160019

20 4,0 24238052

25 4,0 24148093

Surface force
The pressure distribution on the guide rings is non-linear. The non-linear pressure curve over the contact range was
taken into account when calculating the permissible specific surface pressure. The permissible load on the guide
strip is calculated by multiplying the projected surface with the permissible specific surface pressure. However, the
figure for the permissible specific surface pressure takes into account the possible angular offset of the rods when
the recommended guide elements are used.

F F

F = PxA P = perm. compression per unit area


H= F / (d x P) [N/mm²]
d = rod diameter with rod guidance;
H = guide strip width [mm] piston diameter with
F = radial loading [N] piston guidance [mm].
A = projected area [mm²]

428 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Profiles for Oscillating Applications

PROFILES FOR OSCILLATING APPLICATIONS

PRODUCT OVERVIEW APPLICATION

• Profiles Components manufactured from profiles perform


]] U-rings ­sealing tasks in numerous industrial sectors.
]] Mating rings for U-rings • Heavy-duty mechanical engineering, e.g. tunnel
]] Other special profiles ­driving technology, c­ ement/rock mills
• Cords • Plant engineering, e.g. turbines, shut-off valves,
]] Cord ­process cylinders
]] Cord rings. • Prime movers, e.g. ships' engines
• Separators, e.g. filtering technology, large
separators
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION • Mechanical engineering, e.g. industrial washing

4
­machines, rotating assemblies
Special profiles or cords are utilised whenever large • Chemical industry, e.g. bins/reaction vessels, dosing
sealing contact areas cannot be effectively sealed units/dosing pumps
by form seals or O-rings, for example, in tunnelling • Medical technology, e.g. diagnostic equipment
machines, ships engines and hatchways. Over 3500 ­components, dosing units
different profile nozzles as well as numerous materials • Foodstuffs industry, e.g. industrial juice presses,
area available. In addition, the development and pro- ­separators, and butchering machines.
duction of customer-specific designs is possible, where
the tool costs are very low compared to shape related
components. MATERIAL

Besides the common materials with shorter delivery


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES times, numerous special materials are also offered.
These feature outstanding quality and durability. In the
• Sealing large seal contact areas that cannot be following overview, suitable mate­rials can be selected
sealed by an O-ring or a shape related component according to their requirements.
• Customer-specific product
• development
• Low tool costs in comparison to shape related
components
• Proprietary tool construction to ensure short supply
times
• All common elastomers can be utilised
• Special materials competency
• Low number of pieces/amounts possible
• Profile rings in NBR and FKM are available with
vulcanisation to butt. Advantages of batch
vulcanisation:
]] Peak tensile strength values
]] Identical elastomer as connecting element
­provides long-lasting durability.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 429


Products I Hydraulics I Profiles for Oscillating Applications

Resistance to Requirement:

Greases/Oils yes no

Water/Glycols yes no yes no

Outdoor/Ozone yes no yes no yes no yes

Recommended CR
materials: FKM HNBR FVMQ NBR EPDM SBR VMQ

Material configuration

4 Material Colour Operating temperature range

50 NBR 121* Black –30 … +90 °C

60 NBR 122 Black –30 … +90 °C

70 NBR 221 Black –25 … +90 °C

70 NBR 803 Grey –25 … +90 °C

70 NBR 173216 Black –30 … +70 °C

72 NBR 872 Black –30 … +100 °C

79 NBR 105 Black –30 … +90 °C

80 NBR 709* Black –30 … +90 °C

85 NBR 714 Black –20 … +90 °C

88 NBR 101 Black –30 … +100 °C

39 CR 174240* Grey –40 … +80 °C

55 CR 852 Black –40 … +110 °C

67 CR 853 Black –40 … +110 °C

67 CR 215595 Black –40 … +80 °C

58 EPDM 215550 Grey –40 °C … +120 °C

70 EPDM 275 Black –40 °C … +120 °C

70 FKM 598 Green –15 °C … +200 °C

70 FKM 215450 Black –10 °C … +200 °C

72 FKM 588 Black –10 °C … +200 °C

60 FVMQ 143026 Beige –80 °C … +175 °C

430 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Profiles for Oscillating Applications

Material Colour Operating temperature range

50 VMQ 570 Beige –40 °C … +200 °C

50 VMQ 114721 Yellow transparent –40 °C … +180 °C

58 VMQ 518 Red brown –40 °C … +200 °C

60 VMQ 114722 Yellow transparent –40 °C … +180 °C

70 VMQ 114723 Yellow transparent –40 °C … +180 °C

78 VMQ 526 Red –40 °C … +200 °C

* Special material on enquiry

DESIGN NOTES U-RINGS

Tolerances
b
All profiles and cords are manufactured according to
DIN ISO 3302‑1 E2. In exceptional cases, production b1
to E1 is also possible.
Limits for dimensions of cross sections of extruded com-
ponents not supported (all dimensions in mm):

Nominal dimension Tolerance class

T
over to E1* E2

0 1,5 0,15 0,25

1,5 2,5 0,20 0,35

2,5 4,0 0,25 0,40 U-rings are produced, extruded and bonded to the butt
for use as piston or rod seals. U-rings made of NBR and
4,0 6,3 0,35 0,50
FKM are also available with vulcanisation to butt. They
6,3 10,0 0,40 0,70 can be supplied at extremely short notice.
10 16 0,50 0,80
Fitting & installation
16 25 0,70 1,00
The inner diameter of the U-ring should be at least
25 40 0,80 1,30 15 times the profile cross section dimension (T).
40 63 1,00 1,60

63 100 1,30 2,00

* Partially possible in individual cases

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 431


Products I Hydraulics I Profiles for Oscillating Applications

MATING RINGS FOR U-RINGS OTHER SPECIAL PROFILES

Profiles can be produced and supplied as follows:


• By the metre
b2 ]] With/without integral bend
b3 • Profile sections
]] Produced to customer requirements (up to
2000 mm without integral bend possible)
• Profile rings
]] Bonded to butt or batch vulcanised.
t

Profile nozzles
Below is a selection of the 3500 profile nozzles in
stock.
Mating rings are used for fastening and prevent axial
Individual tools can be developed and produced for
movement of the U-rings, which can damage the sealing
special designs on enquiry. This normally takes around
edges at the sealing lips. They are manufactured using
4 weeks.
extruders. The mating rings are always supplied by the

4
metre.

Fitting Notes
During fitting, the two ends are placed flush to one
another. The mating rings can be seated on the U-rings
with a slight axial tension.

Operating conditions
Operating pressure: < = 10 bar
Running speed: <0,5 m/s.

21,8

30 23
18,6

15,5
12,5

20 15

7,5
12,5

10

Profile 111 Profile 141 Profile 155 Profile 216

34,5 14,7
26,8

35
6
13,8
19,3
30

15 6

13

Profile 241 Profile 272 Profile 441 Profile 619

432 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Profiles for Oscillating Applications

19,2 18,3 6,75 15,5

9
9,5

25 7,5

15,5
9 9

Profile 1045 Profile 1673 Profile 1677 Profile 1721

11, 8

5 17
11

32 17, 5

12,6
10

19,5 15

Profile 1749 Profile 2754 Profile 2777 Profile 2858

12 10

9 12,9 4,5

10,2 9,5

17
10

Profile 2995 Profile 3300 Profile 20160 Profile 20218

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 433


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Other Seals

PRE-SELECTION HYDRAULICS – OTHER SEALS

Temperature figures refer to mineral oils. Due to the large choice of media with different and varying additives,
which is not always easily comprehensible, the above operating limits are only recommended values. We recom-
mend testing resistance in the specific case.
Individual instances of the operating limits stated may be exceeded taking into account the related operating condi-
tions. With a long duty cycle, stop-start operation or other difficult operating conditions it is recommended that these
values are not simultaneously exploited to the full.

Seals for Swivelling Movement


Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Rotomatic M 15

O-ring
Compact, highly resistant to
hydraulic fluids, low friction,
Profile ring PTFE glass NBR
free of stick-slip, suitable for
pivoting motions.

Rotomatic M 16

Profile ring
Compact, highly resistant to
hydraulic fluids, low friction,
PTFE glass NBR
O-ring free of stick-slip, suitable for
pivoting motions.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

434 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Other Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
40 0,5 –30 … +100

40 0,5 –30 … +100

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 435


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Other Seals

Static Seals
Seal Standard

Type Material DIN/ISO Examples of use

Cover Seal PU 82

TPU profile ring Inner sealing, well suited for


high p
­ ressure peaks, high gap
95 AU V142 bridging/extrusion protection,
replaces O-ring/back ring
variants.

Cover Seal PU 83

Outer sealing, well suited for


TPU profile ring high p
­ ressure peaks, high gap
95 AU V142 bridging/extrusion protection,
replaces O-ring/back ring
variants.

Stircomatic SRC

Very good extrusion resist-


TPU profile ring
ance, suitable for extremely
95 AU V142
high, pulsating pressure peaks,
Sealing edge low requirements on housings.

B = very good; C = good; D = possibile or satisfactory; E = not suitable

436 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Pre-Selection I Hydraulics I Other Seals

Function Operating Limits

Temperature (°C)
Secondary seal

Pressure (MPa)
Individual seal
double-acting
single-acting

Primary seal

Speed (m/s)
60 –30 … +110

60 –30 … +110

80 –30 … +110

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 437


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

MERKEL ROTOMATIC M 15

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

O-ring Double-acting rod seal for pivoting motions in hydraulic


systems, preferably for usage in hydraulic joints and
rotary joints.
Profile ring • Short
• Highly resistant to hydraulic fluids
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.

APPLICATION

Excavators, grippers, rotary joints.


Merkel Rotomatic M 15

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing piston rods,


­consisting of one PTFE profile ring and an O-ring as
a pre-load component.

MATERIAL

PTFE profile ring

Material Code

PTFE glass/MoS2 compound GM201

O‑ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber NBR NBR 70 Shore A

Fluoro rubber FKM FKM 70 Shore A

438 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR B241 80 FKM K670

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –10 … +150

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –10 … +40

HFD fluids – –10 … +150

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –10 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –10 … +150

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

The surface hardness must be approx. 45 to 60 HRC (depth of hardening min. 0,5 mm). Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max 90% at
cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and blow-holes are to be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 439


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

MERKEL ROTOMATIC M 16

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Profile ring Double-acting piston seal for pivoting motions in hy-


draulic systems; for standardised housing according to
ISO 7425/1; preferably for usage in hydraulic joints
and rotary joints.
O-ring
• Short
• Highly resistant to hydraulic fluids
• Low friction, free of stick-slip.

APPLICATION
Merkel Rotomatic M 16
Excavators, grippers, rotary joints.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

Two-piece Merkel seal set for sealing pistons, consisting PTFE profile ring
of one PTFE profile ring and an O-ring as a pre-load Material Code
component.
PTFE glass/MoS2 compound PTFE GM201

O‑ring

Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber 80 NBR B241 70 Shore A

Fluoro rubber 80 FKM K670 70 Shore A

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material PTFE GM201 PTFE GM201

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +100 –10 … +150

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60 –10 … +40

HFD fluids – –10 … +150

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

440 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

Material PTFE GM201 PTFE GM201

Temperature range in °C

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80 –10 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80 –10 … +100

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –10 … +80

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –10 … +150

Pressure p in MPa 40

Running speed v in m/s 0,5

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

The surface hardness must be approx. 45 to 60 HRC (depth of hardening min. 0,5 mm). Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max 90% at
cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and blow-holes are to be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes in.

Tolerance recommendation

Nominal Ø d Borehole Shaft Groove base

… 500 h9 H8 h9

>500 h8 H7 h8

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 441


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

MERKEL ROTOMATIC M 17

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Elastomer component Double-acting rod seal for pivoting motions in hydraulic


systems, preferably for usage in hydraulic joints and
rotary joints
• Wear-resistant
Fabric block
• Secure static sealing.

APPLICATION

Excavators, grippers, rotary joints.


Merkel Rotomatic M 17

MATERIAL

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Material Code

80 NBR B246/
Single-piece Merkel sealing ring com­prising an elasto- Nitrile rubber NBR
BI-NBR B3B248
mer part firmly set by fabric blocks on both sides which
is provided with an oil groove at the contact area.

EINSATZBEREICH

Material 80 NBR B246/BI-NBR B3B248

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +80

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +80

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60

Mineral greases –30 … +80

Pressure p in MPa 20

Running speed v in m/s 0,1

If the seal set is to be used for permanent rotational movement, please consult us first. Other material combinations are available on request.

442 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

The surface hardness must be approx. 45 to 60 HRC (depth of hardening min. 0,5 mm). Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max 90% at
cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and blow-holes are to be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation
Recommended fit for pressures up to 20 MPa

Nominal Ø d Borehole Shaft Groove base

… 60 H8 f8 H9

>60 H7 f7 H9

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 443


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

MERKEL ROTOMATIC M 19

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Fabric block 80 NBR B246/


Material BI-NBR B4 B285/
POM PO202
Backup ring
Temperature range in °C

Elastomer component Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +80

HFA fluids +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60

HFC fluids –30 … +60

Merkel Rotomatic M 19 HFD fluids –

Water +5 … +80

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +80

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60


Three-part Merkel seal set, consisting of an elastomer
Mineral greases –30 … +80
part with fabric reinforcement on the contact area
which is formed so that two sealing edges form an oil Pressure p in MPa 40
groove, as well as two activated back-up rings. Running speed v in m/s 0,2

If the seal set is to be used for permanent rotational movement,


please consult us first.
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Surface quality
Double-acting rod seal for pivoting motions in hydraulic
systems, preferably for usage in hydraulic joints and Surface
Ra Rmax
rotary joints roughness
• Extrusion-secured through activated back-up ring
Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm
• Wear-resistant.
Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm


APPLICATION
The surface hardness must be approx. 45 to 60 HRC (depth of
hardening min. 0,5 mm). Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max
Excavators, grippers, rotary joints. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abra-
sive surfaces, ridges, scratches and blow-holes are to be avoided.

MATERIAL
DESIGN NOTES
Material Code
Please observe our general design notes.
80 NBR B246/
Nitrile rubber NBR/POM BI-NBR B4 B285/
POM PO202

444 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Seals for Swivelling Movement

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2


Recommended fit for pressures up to 40 MPa

Profile D2 Tolerance level D2 Shaft Groove base

d +0,2*
7,5 H8 f8 H9
d +0,3

d +0,3*
10,0 H8 f8 H9
d +0,5

d +0,5*
12,5 H8 f8 H9
d +0,7

* In dependence on the H dimension of the back-up ring.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 445


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® EWDR MADE OF PTFE

MATERIAL

PTFE carbon Approved to KTW (drinking water)


(standard quality) and BAM (oxygen)

Positively assessed by TNO,


PTFE Ekonol Nutrition and Food Research
­Laboratory (NL), for foodstuffs

Clamping ring Usage of stainless steels

Simmerring Radiamatic® EWDR


OPERATING CONDITIONS

Media Resistance per FKM


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Temperature –20 … +200 °C

Pressure-relieved Simmerring with a pressure ring made Circumferential speed max. 20 m/s for 1 MPa
of PTFE compound, a stainless steel clamping ring and Pressure difference max. 3 MPa … 0,2 MPa
an O-ring (FKM) as a secondary seal.
For vacuum or pres-
up to 0,2 MPa, housing closed
sure reversal

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Surface, hardness
Secure with simultaneous high pressure and high speed
Peak-to-valley heights Ra Rt
• Low losses
• Low leak rate Housing <1,8 µm <10,0 µm
• Easy fitting Shaft, ground with no lead 0,1 … 0,2 µm 0,5 … 1,0 µm
• The shaft must not be machined on maintenance
Hardness of the contact 50–65 HRC,
or seal replacement. area* >0,5 mm depth of hardening

* depending on material
APPLICATION

• Primary seal in pumps and compressors


• Rotary joints for coolants and h­ ydraulic fluid
as well as gases
• Safety seal in addition to floating ring seals.

446 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Tolerances

Shaft Radial shaft deflection, max.*

h11 ±0,05 mm

* depending on increase in rotational speed, the radial shaft deflection may need to be more tightly limited. Please enquire.

p · v Diagram

5
Pressure [MPa]
4

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Circumferential speed [m/s]

Test time 5–6 h dynamic; 4–16 h static/un-pressurised

Medium Heat transfer oil

Temperature 85 °C at the seal

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 447


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Fitting sequence: press Simmerring Radiamatic EWDR into housing; insert shaft.

Direction of pressure 10°

Chamfer 2,5
10°...15°
B =12,5 H8 >10,5
ØD ØD
Rounded

Ø d Ø <D-20
Ø d-2 Ø dh11

Ød ØD L

20 45 10,5

25 50 10,5

28 53 10,5

30 55 10,5

35 60 10,5

40 65 10,5

45 70 10,5

50 75 10,5

55 80 10,5

60 85 10,5

65 90 10,5

70 95 10,5

75 100 10,5

80 105 10,5

90 115 10,5

100 125 10,5

Other dimensions on enquiry.

448 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® HTS II MADE OF PTFE

MATERIAL

Clamping ring PTFE carbon Approved to KTW (drinking water)


(standard quality) and BAM (oxygen)

Positively assessed by TNO, Nutrition


PTFE Ekonol and Food Research Laboratory (NL),
PTFE profile ring for foodstuffs

Clamping ring Usage of stainless steels


Sealing lip
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Simmerring Radiamatic® HTS II Temperature range –20 … +200 °C

Circumferential speed 18 m/s for 0,15 MPa

Abs. pressure 0,6 MPa


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
When used un-pressurised, significantly higher circumferential speeds
are possible. Special versions are available for alternating operation
Simmerring for open housings. Significantly reduced in pressure/vacuum.
lip pre-load compared to conventional geometries with
high level of protection against leaks. Surface, hardness

Peak-to-valley
Ra Rt
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES heights

Housing <1,8 µm ≤10,0 µm


• Low friction torque
Shaft, ground with
• Good dry running properties no lead
0,1 … 0,2 µm 0,5 … 1,0 µm
• Low clearance volume
Hardness of the contact 50 … 65 HRC,
• Easy to clean
area >0,5 mm depth of hardening
• Type can be easily matched to housing.
The surface hardness of the running surface must be approx. 30 HRC.
Percentage contact area Mr > 50% up to max. 90% at cutting depth
APPLICATION c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0 %.

Rotary pumps, agitators, gearboxes, fans, compressors,


mixers, machine tools.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 449


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerances

Housing bore Shaft Radial shaft deflection, max.*

H8 h11 ±0,05 mm

* depending on increase in rotational speed, the radial shaft deflection may need to be more tightly limited. Please enquire.

p · v Diagram

Pressure [MPa] 0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4

0,3

0,2

0,1

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Circumferential speed [m/s]

Test time 5 … 6 h dynamic; 4 … 16 h static/un-pressurised

Medium Heat transfer oil

Temperature 85 °C at the seal

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

450 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® R 35

MATERIAL

Adhesive part Tension


Sealing lip Static part
spring

Impregnated cotton fabric


80 NBR B241 ST 1.4571
Tension spring B4 B248

Impregnated aramide fabric


Sealing lip 80 FKM K670 ST 1.4571
C2 K670

Impregnated aramide fabric


75 HNBR U467 ST 1.4571
C2 U464

Simmerring Radiamatic® R 35 OPERATING CONDITIONS

80 NBR 80 FKM 75 HNBR


Material
B241 K670 U467

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Temperature range in °C

Mineral oils –30 … +100 –10 … +180 –20 … +140


Simmerring with a fabric reinforced static part that is
Water +5 … +100 +5 … +80 +5 … +100
securely joined to the elastomer sealing lip. The sealing
lip is also pre-loaded with a garter spring. Lubricating
–30 … +100 –10 … +180 –20 … +140
greases

Rolling oil
on enquiry
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES emulsion

Pressure p in MPa 0,05


Sealing ring is used, in case of adequate lubrication by
Running speed v
the medium to be sealed, preferably where shafts pass in m/s
20 25 25
through walls in mills and large gearboxes in heavy
machinery manufacture. Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended
• Particularly robust static part values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.
• Lasting radial contact pressure
• Highly wear-resistant.
Surface quality

Peak-to-
Ra Rmax
valley heights
APPLICATION
Running surface ≤0,6 µm ≤2,5 µm

Mills, ship building, steel hydraulics e­ ngineering, wind Housing ≤4 µm ≤15 µm


power plants. The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed.
The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening
min. 0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed the contact area
should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra.
The surface should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of lu-
bricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1 µm. Percentage
contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and
reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and
blow-holes are to be avoided.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 451


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

DESIGN NOTES

+0,2
L

S C

20°

Ø D Ø D2 Ø D1
Ø d
h9

Please observe our general design notes. FITTING & INSTALLATION

For Simmerring Radiamatic R 35 an axially accessible


Lead-in chamfers housing is necessary, as the rings must have low incli-
See dimension "C" in the article list. nation. The Radiamatic R 35 rings are supplied with
oversize seal width. For reliable function the Radiamatic
Tolerances R rings must be axially compressed to the dimension
"L". An open housing with cover plate and tightening
D Tolerance
screws is necessary. Specific deformation forces are
<500 H8 necessary for the compression. The cover plate and the
>500 +0,0004 x D tightening screws are to be designed appropriately.
Please request recommended values.
Overall eccentricity
The permissible overall eccentricity (static and dynamic
eccentricity) between shaft and housing is depen-
dent on the seal profile and circumferential speed. If
­necessary, we will provide recommended values.

Housing recommendations for new designs

d S L
(Profile)

>100 20 16

>250 22 20

<450 25 22

>750 32 25

452 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® R 36

MATERIAL
Lubrication groove

Tension
Sealing lip Static part
spring
Adhesive part
Impregnated cotton fabric
80 NBR B241 ST 1.4571
B4 B248
Tension spring
80 FKM K670 Impregnated aramide fabric ST 1.4571
Sealing lip Impregnated aramide fabric
75 HNBR U467 ST 1.4571
C2 U464

OPERATING CONDITIONS
Simmerring Radiamatic® R 36

80 NBR 80 FKM 75 HNBR


Material
B241 K670 U467

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Temperature range in °C

Mineral oils –30 … +100 –10 … +180 –20 … +140


Simmerring with a fabric reinforced static part that is
Water +5 … +100 +5 … +80 +5 … +100
securely joined to the elastomer sealing lip. The sealing
lip is also pre-loaded with a garter spring. Lubricating
–30 … +100 –10 … +180 –20 … +140
greases

Rolling oil emulsion on enquiry


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES Pressure p in MPa 0,05

Running speed v
Sealing ring is used, in case of adequate lubrication by in m/s
20 25 250
the medium to be sealed, preferably where shafts pass
through walls in mills and large gearboxes in heavy Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended
machinery manufacture. values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.
• Particularly robust static part
• Lasting radial contact pressure Surface quality
• Highly wear-resistant
Peak-to-
• With design measures, e.g., metal support for the Ra Rmax
valley heights
sealing lip, higher p
­ ressures are possible
Running surface ≤0,6 µm ≤2,5 µm
• Overpressure requires the usage of endless seals
• Back-up ring drawings and installation instructions Housing ≤4 µm ≤15 µm
for open seals are available.
The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed.
The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening
min. 0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed the contact area
APPLICATION should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra.
The surface should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of lu-
Mills, ship building, steel hydraulics e­ ngineering, wind bricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1 µm. Percentage
contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and
power plants. reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and
blow-holes are to be avoided.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 453


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

DESIGN NOTES

+0, 2
(2xL)

C
S

20°

ØD Ø D2 Ø D1
Ød
h9

Lead-in chamfers FITTING & INSTALLATION


See dimension "C" in the article list.
For Simmerring Radiamatic R 36 an axially accessible
Tolerances housing is necessary, as the rings must have low incli-
nation. The Radiamatic R 36 rings are supplied with
D Tolerance
oversize seal width. For reliable function the Radiamatic
<500 H8 R rings must be axially compressed to the dimension "L".
>500 +0,0004 x D An open housing with cover plate and tightening screws
is necessary. Specific deformation forces are necessary
for the compression. The cover plate and the tightening
Overall eccentricity screws are to be designed appropriately. Please re-
The permissible overall eccentricity (static and dynamic quest recommended values.
eccentricity) between shaft and housing is dependent
on the seal profile and circumferential speed. If necessa-
ry, we will provide recommended values.

Housing recommendations for new designs

d S L
(Profile)

>100 20 16

>250 22 20

<450 25 22

>750 32 25

454 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® R 37

Circumferential groove MATERIAL


Adhesive part
Tension
Lubrication groove Sealing lip Static part
spring

Tension spring 80 NBR B241


Impregnated cotton fabric
ST 1.4571
B4 B248
Sealing lip Impregnated aramide fabric
80 FKM K670 ST 1.4571
C2K670

Impregnated aramide fabric


75 HNBR U467 ST 1.4571
C2U464

Simmerring Radiamatic® R 37 OPERATING CONDITIONS

80 NBR 80 FKM 75 HNBR


Material
B241 K670 U467
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Temperature range in °C

Simmerring with a fabric reinforced static part that is Mineral oils –30 … +100 –10 … +180 –20 … +140

securely joined to the elastomer sealing lip. The sealing Water +5 … +100 +5 … +80 +5 … +100
lip is also pre-loaded with a garter spring. Lubricating
–30 … +100 –10 … +180 –20 … +140
greases

Rolling oil
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES emulsion
on enquiry

Pressure p in MPa 0,05


Sealing ring is used, in case of adequate lubrication by
the medium to be sealed, preferably where shafts pass Running speed v
20 25 250
through walls in mills and large gearboxes in heavy in m/s
machinery manufacture. Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended
• Particularly robust static part values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.
• Lasting radial contact pressure
• Highly wear-resistant. Surface quality

Peak-to-valley
Ra Rmax
APPLICATION heights

Running surface ≤0,6 µm ≤2,5 µm


Mills, ship building, steel hydraulics e­ ngineering, wind Housing ≤4 µm ≤15 µm
power plants.
The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed.
The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening
min. 0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed the contact area
should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra.
The surface should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of
l­ubricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1 µm. Percenta-
ge contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2
and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches
and blow-holes are to be avoided.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 455


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

DESIGN NOTES

+0,2
(2xL)

20°

ØD Ø D2 Ø D1
Ød C
h9

Lead-in chamfers FITTING & INSTALLATION


See dimension "C" in the article list.
For Simmerring Radiamatic R 37 an axially accessible
Tolerances housing is necessary, as the rings must have low incli-
nation. The Radiamatic R 37 rings are supplied with
D Tolerance
oversize seal width. For reliable function the Radiamatic
<500 H8 R rings must be axially compressed to the dimension "L".
>500 +0,0004 x D An open housing with cover plate and tightening screws
is necessary. Specific deformation forces are necessary
for the compression. The cover plate and the tightening
Overall eccentricity screws are to be designed appropriately. Please re-
The permissible overall eccentricity (static and dynamic quest recommended values.
eccentricity) between shaft and housing is dependent
on the seal profile and circumferential speed. If necessa-
ry, we will provide recommended values.

Housing recommendations for new designs

d S L
(Profile)

>100 20 16

>250 22 20

<450 25 22

>750 32 25

456 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® R 58

MATERIAL
Lubrication groove
Sealing lip Static part Tension spring
Adhesive part
Impregnated cotton
80 NBR B241 ST 1.4571
fabric B4 B248
Tension spring
Other materials on enquiry.

Sealing lip
OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR B241


Simmerring Radiamatic® R 58 Temperature range in °C

Mineral oils –30 … +100

Water +5 … +100
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Lubricating greases –30 … +100

Rolling oil emulsion on enquiry


Simmerring with a fabric reinforced static part that is
securely joined to the elastomer sealing lip. The sealing Pressure p in MPa 0,05
lip is also pre-loaded with a garter spring. Running speed v in m/s 15

Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended


values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.
PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Surface quality
The sealing ring has a groove around the circumference
to facilitate additional lubrication from the outside. The Peak-to-
Ra Rmax
Simmerring Radiamatic R 58 was developed for the valley heights
special requirements of grease-lubricated bearings in Running surface ≤0,6 µm ≤2,5 µm
mill manufacture.
• Particularly robust static part
Housing ≤4 µm ≤15 µm

• Lasting radial contact pressure


The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed.
• Highly wear-resistant. The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening
min. 0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed the contact area
should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra.
The surface should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of lu-
APPLICATION
bricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1 µm. Percentage
contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and
Mills. reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and
blow-holes are to be avoided.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 457


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

DESIGN NOTES

+0,2
(2xL)

20°

Ø D Ø D2 Ø D1
Ø dh9 C

Lead-in chamfers FITTING & INSTALLATION


See dimension "C" in the article list.
For Simmerring Radiamatic R 58 an axially accessible
Tolerances housing is necessary, as the rings must have low incli-
nation. The Radiamatic R 58 rings are supplied with
D Tolerance
oversize seal width. For reliable function the Radiamatic
<500 H8 R rings must be axially compressed to the dimension "L".
>500 +0,0004 x D An open housing with cover plate and tightening screws
is necessary. Specific deformation forces are necessary
for the compression. The cover plate and the tightening
Overall eccentricity screws are to be designed appropriately. Please re-
The permissible overall eccentricity (­ static and dynamic quest recommended values.
eccentricity) between shaft and housing is dependent
on the seal profile and circumferential speed.
If ­necessary, we will provide recommended values.

Housing recommendations for new designs

d S L
(Profile)

>100 20 16

>250 22 20

<450 25 22

>750 32 25

458 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® R 35 LD

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Adhesive part Sealing ring is used, in case of adequate lubrication by


the medium to be sealed, preferably where shafts pass
through walls in mills and large gearboxes in heavy
Helical tension spring machinery manufacture.
• Particularly robust static part
Sealing lip • Lasting radial contact pressure
• Highly wear-resistant.
Higher pressures are possible with design measures,
e.g. metal support for the sealing lip. Overpressure
requires the usage of endless seals. Back-up ring dra-
wings and installation instructions for open seals are
Simmerring Radiamatic® R 35 LD
available.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION APPLICATION

Simmerring with a fabric reinforced static part that is Mills, ship building.
securely joined to the elastomer sealing lip. The sealing
lip is also pre-loaded with a garter spring.

MATERIAL

Sealing lip Static part Tension spring

80 NBR B241 Impregnated cotton fabric B4 B248 ST 1.4571

70 HNBR U467 Impregnated cotton fabric C2 U464 ST 1.4571

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR B241 75 HNBR U467

Temperature range in °C

Mineral oils –30 … +100 –20 … +140

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100

Lubricating greases –30 … +100 –20 … +140

Rolling oil emulsion on enquiry

Pressure p in MPa 0,05

Running speed v in m/s 20 (NBR), 25 (HNBR)

Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 459


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

Surface quality

Peak-to-valley heights Ra Rmax

Running surface ≤0,6 µm ≤2,5 µm

Housing ≤4,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed. The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening min.
0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed the contact area should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra. The surface
should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of lubricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1 µm. Percentage contact area
Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and blow-holes are to
be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

+0, 2
L

C
S

20°
rounded and burr-free
Ø D Ø dh9 Ø D2 Ø D1

AVAILABLE DIMENSIONS

Profile S x L Ø range

32 x 25 d >1100 … 3000

460 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® RS 85

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Adhesive part
Steel band Self-holding Simmerring for shaft pass through walls in
heavy machinery manufacture.
• Long-lasting tight fit
• Lasting radial contact pressure
Tension spring
• Highly wear-resistant.
An axially accessible housing is necessary for the fitting.
The non-pressurised side of the sealing ring is to be
Sealing lip
reinforced for pressurisation. In the unpressurised state,
an axial reinforcement on the non-pressurised side is not
necessary. Only endless self-holding Simmerrings Radia-
Simmerring Radiamatic® RS 85 matic RS 85 are available.

APPLICATION
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Rolling mills, large gearboxes.
Self-holding Simmerring made from two functionally
suitable elastomer components and an integrated steel
strip. The tension springs support the radial contact
pressure on the shaft.

MATERIAL

Sealing lip Static part Steel strip Tension spring

80 NBR B241 85 NBR B247 ST 1.4310 ST 1.4571

75 HNBR U467 85 HNBR 10040 ST 1.4310 ST 1. 4571

80 FKM K670 90 FKM K683 ST 1.4310 ST 1.4571

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR B241 75 HNBR U467 80 FKM K670

Temperature range in °C

Mineral oils –30 … +100 –20 … +140 –10 … +180

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100 +5 … +80

Lubricating greases –30 … +100 –20 … +140 –10 … +180

Rolling oil emulsion on enquiry

Pressure p in MPa 0,05

Running speed v in m/s 20 25 25

Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 461


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

Surface quality

Peak-to-valley heights Ra Rmax

Running surface ≤0,6 µm ≤2,5 µm


Housing ≤4,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed. The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening min.
0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed, the contact area should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra. The surface
should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of lubricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1mm. Percentage contact area
Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and blow-holes are to
be avoided.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

Housing recommendations for new designs

+0, 2
L
2
H

30°

S C

20°
H8
Ø D
h9
Ø d

Ød S (Profile) L a
20 20 4
200 … 450
22 20 4
22 22 4
>450 … 750
25 22 4
25 25 5
>750 30 25 5
32 25 5

Lead-in chamfer

Ød c
<200 8
>200 … 500 10
>500 … 800 13
>800 … 1200 16
>1200 20

462 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

SIMMERRING RADIAMATIC® RHS 51

radial force over the entire circumference length of the


sealing edge even with high shaft centre offset.
Adhesive part
Steel band

Tension spring PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

Self-holding Simmerring for shaft pass through walls in


Sealing lip mills and large gearboxes in heavy machinery manuf-
acture. The sealing ring has radial grooves to facilitate
additional lubrication from outside. Only endless self-
holding Simmerrings are available
• Long-lasting tight fit
• Lasting radial contact pressure
Simmerring Radiamatic® RHS 51
• Highly wear-resistant
• High permissible shaft offset
• High permissible circumferential speed.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

High-speed Simmerring made from two functionally APPLICATION


suitable elastomer components and an integrated steel
strip. Two interleaved tension springs ensure an even Rolling mills, large gearboxes.

MATERIAL

Sealing lip Static part Steel strip Tension spring

80 NBR B241 85 NBR B247 ST 1.4310 ST 1.4571

75 HNBR U467 85 HNBR 10040 ST 1.4310 ST 1. 4571

80 FKM K670 90 FKM K683 ST 1.4310 ST 1.4571

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 80 NBR B241 75 HNBR U467 80 FKM K670

Temperature range in °C

Mineral oils –30 … +100 –20 … +120 –10 … +150

Water +5 … +100 +5 … +100 +5 … +80

Lubricating greases –30 … +100 –20 … +120 –10 … +150

Rolling oil emulsion on enquiry

Pressure p in MPa 0,02

Running speed v in m/s 25 30 35

Other media on enquiry. Application parameters are recommended values, do not utilise all parameters simultaneously.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 463


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

Surface quality DESIGN NOTES

Peak-to-
Ra Rmax The permissible shaft offset (static eccentricity, centre
valley heights
offset) is ­dependent on the shaft diameter.
Running surface 0,15 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm
Permissible
Housing ≤4,0 µm ≤15,0 µm Shaft Ø d
shaft offset
The contact area is machined by plunge grinding, i.e. without feed. 200 … 320 2,0 mm
The surface hardness must be approx. 60 HRC (depth of hardening
min. 0,5 mm). With increasing circumferential speed the contact area >320 … 450 2,5 mm
should be manufactured with increasing peak-to-valley heights Ra. >450 3,0 mm
The surface should not be too smooth so that an adequate film of lu-
bricant can form. Recommended value: Ra min = 0,1 µm. Percentage The permissible shaft offset (dynamic eccentricity) is dependent on
contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and the seal profile and the circumferential speed. Please request recom-
reference line C ref = 0%. Abrasive surfaces, ridges, scratches and mended values.
blow-holes are to be avoided.

Lead-in chamfer
See dimension "C" in the housing recommendations for new designs.

Typical seal arrangement

464 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Radial- and Axial Seals

FITTING & INSTALLATION

An axially accessible housing is necessary for the fitting of the Simmerring Radiamatic RHS 51.
Only endless self-holding Simmerrings Radiamatic RHS 51 are available.

Housing recommendations for new designs

+0, 2
L

a
S/2
15°

S
P
20°

C h9 H8
Ød ØD

Ød S (Profile) L C a
20 20 12 4
200 … 450
22 20 12 4

22 22 15 4
>450 … 750
25 22 15 4

25 25 18 5
>750
30 25 18 5

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 465


Products I Hydraulics I Symmetric Seals

MERKEL U-RING N 1, AUN 1

MATERIAL

N1
Profile ring
Material Code Hardness
Sealing lips Nitrile rubber 90 NBR 109 94 AU 925

AUN 1

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A

Merkel U‑Ring N 1, AUN 1


OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 90 NBR 109 94 AU 925


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Temperature range in °C

Merkel U-ring with symmetrical profile for rods/pistons. Hydraulic oils


–30 … +100 –30 … +110
HL, HLP

HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +50


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +50

Single-acting piston or rod seal, preferably for spare HFC fluids –30 … +60 –30 … +40

parts requirements. HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +90 +5 … +40

HETG
APPLICATION –30 … +80 –30 … +60
(rapeseed oil)

Special cylinders, agricultural machinery, cranes, injec- HEES


– –30 … +80
(synthetic ester)
tion moulding machines, loading platforms, standard
cylinders. HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +110

Pressure p
10 MPa 20 MPa
in MPa

Running speed v
0,5
in m/s

466 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Symmetric Seals

Surface quality

Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the
non-pressurised side of the seal.

N 1 (material 90 NBR 109)

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

2,5 MPa 5 MPa 7,5 MPa 10 MPa

≤5,0 0,45 0,35 0,30 0,25

>5,0 0,50 0,40 0,35 0,30

AUN 1 (material 94 AU 925)

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

5 MPa 10 MPa 20 MPa 10 MPa

≤5,0 0,55 0,40 0,35 0,25

>5,0 0,66 0,45 0,40 0,30

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2/d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into ac-
count when designing D2 (rod seal) or d2 (piston seal).

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal. Note: the use of male adaptors increases the relia-
bility. Further information is available on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 467


Products I Hydraulics I Symmetric Seals

MERKEL U-RING N 100, AUN 100

MATERIAL

Profile ring N 100

Sealing lips Material Code Hardness

Nitrile rubber 90 NBR 109 90 Shore A

AUN 100

Material Code Hardness

Polyurethane 94 AU 925 94 Shore A


Merkel U-Ring N 100, AUN 100

OPERATING CONDITIONS
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Material 90 NBR 109 94 AU 925
Merkel U-ring with symmetrical profile and set back
Temperature range in °C
sealing edges for rods/pistons.
Hydraulic oils
–30 … +100 –30 … +110
HL, HLP

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HFA fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60

HFB fluids +5 … +60 +5 … +60


Single-acting piston or rod seal, preferably for spare
HFC fluids –30 … +60 –30 … +50
parts requirements.
HFD fluids – –

Water +5 … +90 +5 … +40


APPLICATION
HETG
–30 … +80 –30 … +60
(rapeseed oil)
Special cylinders, agricultural machinery, forestry
HEES
equipment, injection moulding machines, loading plat- – –30 … +80
(synthetic ester)
forms, standard cylinders.
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +60 –30 … +40

Mineral greases –30 … +100 –30 … +110

Pressure p
10 MPa 30 MPa
in MPa

Running speed v
0,5
in m/s

468 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Symmetric Seals

Surface quality

Surface roughness Ra Rmax

Sliding surface 0,05 … 0,3 µm ≤2,5 µm

Groove base ≤1,6 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤15,0 µm

Percentage contact area Mr >50% to max. 90% at cutting depth c = Rz/2 and reference line C ref = 0%.

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Gap dimension
The decisive factor for the function of the seal is the largest gap dimension occurring during operation on the
non-pressurised side of the seal.

N 100 (material 90 NBR 109)

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

5 MPa 10 MPa 16 MPa

≤5,0 0,45 0,25 0,15

>5,0 0,50 0,30 0,20

AUN 100 (material 94 AU 925)

Profile Max. permissible gap dimension

10 MPa 16 MPa 30 MPa 10 MPa

≤5,0 0,45 0,35 0,25 0,25

>5,0 0,50 0,40 0,30 0,30

Tolerance recommendation and dimension D2/d2


The admissible gap width, tolerances, guide play and deflection of the guide under load are to be taken into
­account when designing D2 (rod seal) or d2 (piston seal).

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal. Note: the use of male adaptors increases the relia-
bility. Further information is available on enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 469


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

MERKEL COVER SEAL PU 82

MATERIAL

TPU profile ring


Material Code

Polyurethane 95 AU V142/94 AU 925

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 V142/94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C
Merkel Cover Seal PU 82
Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFC fluids –30 … +40

Single-piece, double-acting compact seal made from HFD fluids –

TPU for static sealing, inner sealing. Water +5 … +40

HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic ester) –30 … +80


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50
• Interchangeable for O-ring housings and O-ring with Mineral greases –30 … +110
back-up ring
Pressure p in MPa 60
• High reliability
• Simple and secure installation The specified values are maximum values and must not be applied
• Simplified stockkeeping simultaneously.
• Gas proofness.
Surface quality

Surface
APPLICATION Ra Rmax
roughness

• Higher operating pressure (up to 60 MPa) Sliding surface 0,8 µm 3,2 µm

• Gap for breathing (pipe expansion) Groove base 1,6 µm 6,3 µm


• Short rate of increase of the pressure (end position Groove flanks 6,3 µm 20,0 µm
damping)
• Alternating in situ operating pressure Lead-in chamfer* 0,8 µm 3,2 µm

• Nominal diameter up to 2000 mm. * burr-free transition


Cranes, construction machinery, industrial vehicles,
­forestry equipment, injection moulding machines,
­presses, wind power plants.

470 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation
For pressures up to 60 MPa

Nominal Ø d Borehole Shaft

≤800 H7 f7

+0,0 –0,05
>800
+0,1 –0,15

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

MODE OF OPERATION

O-ring with PTFE back-up ring at 40 MPa operating pressure Cover Seal at 40 MPa operating pressure

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 471


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

MERKEL COVER SEAL PU 83

MATERIAL

Material Code
TPU profile ring
Polyurethane 95 AU V142/94 AU 925

OPERATING CONDITIONS

Material 95 V142/94 AU 925

Temperature range in °C

Merkel Cover Seal PU 83 Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110

HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HFC fluids –30 … +40

HFD fluids –
Single-piece, double-acting Merkel compact seal made
Water +5 … +40
from low temperature polyurethane for static sealing,
outer sealing. HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50


PRODUCT ADVANTAGES
Mineral greases –30 … +110

• Interchangeable for O-ring housings and O-ring with Pressure p in MPa 60


back-up ring
The specified values are maximum values and must not be applied
• High reliability simultaneously.
• Simple and secure installation
• Simplified stockkeeping Surface quality
• Gas-proof height.
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness
APPLICATION Sliding surface 0,8 µm 3,2 µm

Groove base 1,6 µm 6,3 µm


• Higher operating pressure (up to 60 MPa)
• Gap for breathing (pipe expansion) Groove flanks 6,3 µm 20,0 µm
• Short rate of increase of the pressure (end position Lead-in chamfer* 0,8 µm 3,2 µm
damping)
• Alternating in situ operating pressure * burr-free transition

• Nominal diameter up to 2000 mm.


Presses, steel industry, wind power plants, cranes, con-
struction machinery, industrial vehicles, forestry equip-
ment, injection moulding machines.

472 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

DESIGN NOTES

Please observe our general design notes.

Tolerance recommendation
For pressures up to 60 MPa

Nominal Ø D Borehole Shaft

≤800 H7 f7

+0,0 –0,05
>800
+0,1 –0,15

FITTING & INSTALLATION

Careful fitting is a prerequisite for the correct function of the seal.

MODE OF OPERATION

O-ring with PTFE back-up ring at 40 MPa operating pressure Cover Seal at 40 MPa operating pressure

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 473


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

MERKEL STIRCOMATIC SRC

MATERIAL

Material Code

Polyurethane 95 AU V142
TPU profile ring

OPERATING CONDITIONS
Sealing edge

Material 95 V142

Temperature range in °C

Hydraulic oils HL, HLP –30 … +110


Merkel Stircomatic SRC
HFA fluids +5 … +50

HFB fluids +5 … +50

HFC fluids –30 … +40


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
HFD fluids –
Static Merkel seal made of a profiled ring with two cut- Water +5 … +50
ting edge-shaped sealing edges on the front faces.
HETG (rapeseed oil) –30 … +60

HEES (synthetic esters) –30 … +80

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES HEPG (glycol) –30 … +50

Mineral greases –30 … +110


• Good stress distribution due to the p­ osition of the
Pressure p in MPa 80
sealing edge in the groove
• Secure seating in the housing for e­ xtremely high,
pulsating pressure peaks Surface quality
• Made of extrusion-resistant polyurethane material.
Surface
Ra Rmax
roughness

APPLICATION Groove base ≤1,8 µm ≤6,3 µm

Groove flanks ≤3,0 µm ≤16,0 µm


Hydraulic control and regulation equipment, hydraulic
hammers.

DESIGN NOTES

A spot facing cutter is normally sufficient for the manu-


facture of a housing. A relatively high degree of rough-
ness on the front face can be permitted.

474 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

ISC O-RING

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ISC O-Rings are endless round sealing rings of circular


cross section. They are mainly used to seal stationary
machine components – static case – against fluid and
gaseous media. In certain conditions, they can also be
used as a dynamic sealing component for axial, rotat-
ing and oscillating movement.

PRODUCT ADVANTAGES

ISC O-Ring
• In order to cover the widest possible range of techni-
cal applications, ISC O-Rings are supplied in various
different material qualities:
• All catalogue materials for ISC O-Rings are specified
and certified.

MATERIAL

Material Operating parameters range

Standard material, which can be used for most applications (mineral oils, mineral oil based hydraulic
72 NBR 872
fluids, static pressures up to approx. 100 bar)

88 NBR 156 Use as 72 NBR 872, but suitable for higher pressures.

80 FKM 610 For chemically aggressive media and high temperatures

70 EPDM 281 For glycol based hydraulic fluids, brake fluid, hot water

Simriz® Chlorinated and high polar organic solvents, aromatics,


(70 FFKM 495) Strong organic and inorganic acids and alkalis

The technical data for the standard materials for ISC O-Ring is specified.
Special materials: for special applications a broad spectrum of other materials is available from FST.
ISC O-Rings made of these materials are not held in stock.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 475


Products I Hydraulics I Static Seals

DESIGN NOTES

The dimensions of an ISC O-Ring are defined by inside dia. d1 and ring thickness d2. These dimensions represent
the parameters for the ISC O-Ring. The code for an ISC O-Ring in standard material with inside dia. 20,2 mm and
a ring thickness 3 mm is as follows: ISC O-Ring 20,2–3 72 NBR 872.

Ø d1

d2

Drawing with dimensions

Please observe our general design notes.

Packaged unit
Delivery in standard packaging units of 5 - 10 - 20 - 50 - 100 units, depending on customer requirements.

476 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Products I Hydraulics I Fitting Tools as Mounting Auxiliaries

FITTING TOOLS AS MOUNTING AUXILIARIES

Trimming device Tool for rod seals


Device for the precise trimming of guide rings
(PTFE 40/177024, bronze-filled) up to a length of
1000 mm (corresponds to approx. 320 mm piston or
rod diameter). Five different cutting angles are availab-
le. A step-cutting blade is available on request.

On enquiry.

Tool for rod seals for small diameters without


axial access

Order No.: 507228

Fitting tongs for rod seals made of


­polyurethane

We require a dimensioned installation drawing for


delivery.

Tool for piston seals

Order No.: 375753

All fitting devices are supplied with a documentation


(work instructions).

Complete toolkits for fitting the seals are available.


Please ask for our "complete cylinder service".

On enquiry.

© Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual 477


Products I Hydraulics I Fitting Tools as Mounting Auxiliaries

MERKEL BONDING SET RK 15

Bonding set for Simmerrings without metal insert, for easy and secure installation in open fitting.

478 © Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH & Co. KG | Technical Manual


Freudenberg Sealing Technologies GmbH
Höhnerweg 2–4
69469 Weinheim
Germany

www.fst.com

You might also like